Quantcast
Channel: DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D – New Drug Approvals
Viewing all 1640 articles
Browse latest View live

Clascoterone

$
0
0

Cortexolone 17α-propionate.svg

Clascoterone

(1R,3aS,3bR,9aR,9bS,11aS)-1-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-9a,11a-dimethyl-7-oxo-1H,2H,3H,3aH,3bH,4H,5H,7H,8H,9H,9aH,9bH,10H,11H,11aH-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-1-yl propanoate

Formula
C24H34O5
CAS
19608-29-8
Mol weight
402.5238

FDA APPROVED, 2020/8/26, Winlevi

クラスコステロン;

Anti-acne, Androgen receptor antagonist

Clascoterone, sold under the brand name Winlevi, is an antiandrogen medication which is used topically in the treatment of acne.[1][2][3] It is also under development for the treatment of androgen-dependent scalp hair loss.[2] The medication is used as a cream by application to the skin, for instance the face and scalp.[3]

Clascoterone is an antiandrogen, or antagonist of the androgen receptor (AR), the biological target of androgens such as testosterone and dihydrotestosterone.[4][5] It shows no systemic absorption when applied to skin.[3]

The medication, developed by Cassiopea and Intrepid Therapeutics,[2] was approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for acne in August 2020.[6][7]

Medical uses

Clascoterone is indicated for the topical treatment of acne vulgaris in females and males age 12 years and older.[1][8] It is applied to the affected skin area in a dose of 1 mg cream (or 10 mg clascoterone) twice per day, once in the morning and once in the evening.[1] The medication should not be used ophthalmicallyorally, or vaginally.[1]

Available forms

Clascoterone is available in the form of a 1% (10 mg/g) cream for topical use.[1]

Contraindications

Clascoterone has no contraindications.[1]

Side effects

The incidences of local skin reactions with clascoterone were similar to placebo in two large phase 3 randomized controlled trials.[1][9] Suppression of the hypothalamic–pituitary–adrenal axis (HPA axis) may occur during clascoterone therapy in some individuals due to its cortexolone metabolite.[1][8] HPA axis suppression as measured by the cosyntropin stimulation test was observed to occur in 3 of 42 (7%) of adolescents and adults using clascoterone for acne.[1][8] HPA axis function returned to normal within 4 weeks following discontinuation of clascoterone.[1][8] Hyperkalemia (elevated potassium levels) occurred in 5% of clascoterone-treated individuals and 4% of placebo-treated individuals.[1]

Pharmacology

Pharmacodynamics

Clascoterone is an steroidal antiandrogen, or antagonist of the androgen receptor (AR), the biological target of androgens such as testosterone and dihydrotestosterone (DHT).[1][4][5] In a bioassay, the topical potency of the medication was greater than that of progesteroneflutamide, and finasteride and was equivalent to that of cyproterone acetate.[10] Likewise, it is significantly more efficacious as an antiandrogen than other AR antagonists such as enzalutamide and spironolactone in scalp dermal papilla cells and sebocytes in vitro.[5]\

Pharmacokinetics

Steady-state levels of clascoterone occur within 5 days of twice daily administration.[1] At a dosage of 6 g clascoterone cream applied twice daily, maximal circulating levels of clascoterone were 4.5 ± 2.9 ng/mL, area-under-the-curve levels over the dosing interval were 37.1 ± 22.3 h*ng/mL, and average circulating levels of clascoterone were 3.1 ± 1.9 ng/mL.[1] In rodents, clascoterone has been found to possess strong local antiandrogenic activity, but negligible systemic antiandrogenic activity when administered via subcutaneous injection.[10] Along these lines, the medication is not progonadotropic in animals.[10]

The plasma protein binding of clascoterone is 84 to 89% regardless of concentration.[1]

Clascoterone is rapidly hydrolyzed into cortexolone (11-deoxycortisol) and this compound is a possible primary metabolite of clascoterone based on in-vitro studies in human liver cells.[1][8] During treatment with clascoterone, cortexolone levels were detectable and generally below or near the low limit of quantification (0.5 ng/mL).[1] Clascoterone may also produce other metabolites, including conjugates.[1]

The elimination of clascoterone has not been fully characterized in humans.[1]

Chemistry

Clascoterone, also known as cortexolone 17α-propionate or 11-deoxycortisol 17α-propionate, as well as 17α,21-dihydroxyprogesterone 17α-propionate or 17α,21-dihydroxypregn-4-en-3,20-dione 17α-propionate, is a synthetic pregnane steroid and a derivative of progesterone and 11-deoxycortisol (cortexolone).[11] It is specifically the C17α propionate ester of 11-deoxycortisol.[10]

An analogue of clascoterone is 9,11-dehydrocortexolone 17α-butyrate (CB-03-04).[12]

History

C17α esters of 11-deoxycortisol were unexpectedly found to possess antiandrogenic activity.[10] Clascoterone, also known as cortexolone 17α-propionate, was selected for development based on its optimal drug profile.[10] The medication was approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of acne in August 2020.[6]

Two large phase 3 randomized controlled trials evaluated the effectiveness of clascoterone for the treatment of acne over a period of 12 weeks.[1][8][9] Clascoterone decreased acne symptoms by about 8 to 18% more than placebo.[1][9] The defined treatment success endpoint was achieved in about 18 to 20% of individuals with clascoterone relative to about 7 to 9% of individuals with placebo.[1][8][9] The comparative effectiveness of clascoterone between males and females was not described.[1][9]

A small pilot randomized controlled trial in 2011, found that clascoterone cream decreased acne symptoms to a similar or significantly greater extent than tretinoin 0.05% cream.[8][13] No active comparator was used in the phase III clinical trials of clascoterone for acne.[8] Hence, it’s unclear how clascoterone compares to other therapies used in the treatment of acne.[8]

The FDA approved clascoterone based on evidence from two clinical trials (Trial 1/NCT02608450 and Trial 2/NCT02608476) of 1440 participants 9 to 58 years of age with acne vulgaris.[14] The trials were conducted at 99 sites in the United States, Poland, Romania, Bulgaria, Ukraine, Georgia, and Serbia.[14]

Participants applied clascoterone or vehicle (placebo) cream twice daily for 12 weeks.[14] Neither the participants nor the health care providers knew which treatment was being given until after the trial was completed.[14] The benefit of clascoterone in comparison to placebo was assessed after 12 weeks of treatment using the Investigator’s Global Assessment (IGA) score that measures the severity of disease (on a scale from 0 to 4) and a decrease in the number of acne lesions.[14]

Society and culture

Names

Clascoterone is the generic name of the drug and its INN and USAN.[11][15]

Research

Clascoterone has been suggested as a possible treatment for hidradenitis suppurativa (acne inversa), an androgen-dependent skin condition.[16]

PATENT

https://patents.google.com/patent/EP2503005B1/en

  • Cortexolone derivatives in which the hydroxyl group at position C-17α is esterified with short chain aliphatic or aromatic acids and the derivatives of the corresponding 9,11-dehydro derivative, are known to have an antiandrogenic effect.
  • [0002]
    EP 1421099 describes cortexolone 17α-propionate and 9,11-dehydro-cortexolone-17-α-butanoate regarding a high antiandrogenic biological activity demonstrated both “in vitro” and “in vivo” on the animal.
  • [0003]
    US3530038 discloses the preparation of a crystalline form of cortexolone-17α-propionate having a melting point of 126-129 °C and an IR spectrum with bands at (cm-1): 3500, 1732, 1713, 1655 and 1617.
  • [0004]
    A method for obtaining the above mentioned derivatives is described by Gardi et al. (Gazz. Chim. It. 63, 43 1,1963) and in the United States patent US3152154 providing for the transformation of cortexolone, or transformation of 9,11-dehydrocortexolone, in the intermediate orthoester using orthoesters available in the market as a mixture of aprotic solvents such as cyclohexane and DMF, in presence of acid catalysis (ex. PTSA.H20). The intermediate orthoester thus obtained can be used as is or upon purification by suspension in a solvent capable of solubilising impurities, preferably in alcohols. The subsequent hydrolysis in a hydroalcoholic solution, buffered to pH 4-5 preferably in acetate buffer, provides the desired monoester.
  • [0005]

    Such synthesis is indicated in the diagram 1 below

    Figure imgb0001
  • [0006]
    However, the monoesters thus obtained were, in the reaction conditions, unstable and, consequently hard to manipulate and isolate (R. Gardi et al Tetrahedron Letters, 448, 1961). The instability is above all due to the secondary reaction of migration of the esterifying acyl group from position 17 to position 21.
  • [0007]
    It is thus known that in order to obtain the above mentioned monoesters with a chemical purity in such a manner to be able to proceed to the biological tests, it is necessary to use, at the end of the synthesis, a purification process which is generally performed by means of column chromatography.
  • [0008]
    Furthermore, US3152154 describes how the hydrolysis of the diester in a basic environment is not convenient due to the formation of a mixture of 17α,21-diol, of 17- and 21 -monoesters, alongside the initial non-reacted product.
  • [0009]
    Now, it has been surprisingly discovered that an alcoholysis reaction using a lipase from Candida as a biocatalyst can be usefully applied during the preparation of 17α monoesters of cortexolone, or its 9,11-dehydroderivatives.
  • [0010]

    As a matter of fact, it has been discovered that such enzymatic alcoholysis of the 17,21-diester of the cortexolone, or of its derivative 9,11-dehydro, selectively occurs in position 21 moving to the corresponding monoester in position 17, as shown in diagram 2 below:

    Figure imgb0002
  • [0011]
    The chemoselectivity of the special enzymatic reaction in alcoholysis conditions, according to the present invention, opens new perspectives for preparation, at industrial level with higher yields, of 17α-monoesters with respect to the methods already indicated in literature.
  • [0012]
    The diesters serving as a substrate for the reaction of the invention can be prepared according to the prior art, for example following the one described in B.Turner, (Journal of American Chemical Society, 75, 3489, 1953) which provides for the esterification of corticosteroids with a linear carboxylic acid in presence of its anhydride and PTSA monohydrate.

EXAMPLES

    • Example 1

Alcoholysis with CCL of cortexolone 17α, 21-dipropionate

      • [0055]
        Add butanol (0.4g, 5.45 mmoles) and CCL (17.4g, 3.86 U/mg, FLUKA) to a solution of cortexolone-17α,21-dipropionate (0.5g, 1.09 mmoles) in toluene (50ml). Maintain the mixture under stirring, at 30 °C, following the progress of the reaction in TLC (Toluene/ethyl acetate 6/4) until the initial material is dissolved (24h). Remove the enzyme by means of filtration using a Celite layer. Recover the cortexolone 17α-propionate (0.437, 99%) after evaporation under low pressure. Through crystallisation, from diisopropyl ether you obtain a product with a purity >99% in HPLC.
      • [0056]
        1H-NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) relevant signals δ (ppm) 5.78 (br s, 1 H, H-4), 4.32 (dd, 1 H, H-21), 4.25 (dd, 1H, H-21), 1.22 (s, 3H, CH3-19), 1.17 (t, 3H, CH3), 0.72 (s, 3H, CH3-18). P.f. 114 °C

Example 2 (comparative)

      • [0057]
        According to the method described in example 1 prepare cortexolone-17α-butanoate.
      • [0058]
        1H-NMR relevant signals δ (ppm) 5.78 (br s, 1H, H-4), 4.32 (dd, 1H, H-21), 4.26 (dd, 1H, H-21), 1.23 (s, 3H, CH3-19), 0.97 (t, 3H, CH3), 0.73 (s, 3H. CH3-18). P.F. 134-136 °C

Example 3 (comparative)

According to the method described in the example prepare cortexolone-17α-valerate.

      • [0059]
        1H-NMR relevant signals δ (ppm) 5.77 (br s, 1H, H-4), 4.32 (dd, 1H, H-21), 4.26 (dd, 1H, H-21), 1.22 (s, 3H, CH3-19), 0.95 (t, 3H, CH3), 0.72 (s, 3H, CH3-18). P.f. 114 °C (diisopropyl ether).

Example 4 (comparative)

According to the method described in the example prepare 9, 11-dehydro-cortexolone-17α-butanoate.

      • [0060]
        1H-NMR relevant signals δ (ppm) 5.77 (br s, 1H, H-4), 5.54 (m, 1H, H-9), 4.29 (dd, 1H, H-21), 4.24 (dd, 1H, H-21), 1.32 (s, 3H, CH3-19), 0.94(t, 3H, CH3), 0.68 (s, 3H, CH3-18). P.f. 135-136 °C (acetone/hexane).

Example 5

Alcoholysis with CALB of cartexolone-17α, 21-dipropionate

      • [0061]
        Dissolve cortexolone, 17α, 2-dipropionate (0.5g, 1.09 mmoles) in acetonitrile (40ml), add CALB (2.3g, 2.5 U/mg Fluka) and octanol (0.875ml). Leave the mixture under stirring, at 30 °C, for 76 hrs. Remove the enzyme by means of filtration using a paper filter. Once the solvents evaporate, recover a solid (0.4758) which upon analysis 1H-NMR shall appear made up of cortexolone-17α-propionate at 91%.

Example 6

Crystallisation

      • [0062]
        Add the solvent (t-butylmethylether or diisopropylether) to the sample according to the ratios indicated in Table 3. Heat the mixture to the boiling temperature of the solvent, under stirring, until the sample dissolves completely. Cool to room temperature and leave it at this temperature, under stirring, for 6 hours. Filter using a buchner funnel and maintain the solid obtained, under low pressure, at a room temperature for 15 hours and then, at 40°C, for 5 hours.

Example 7 (comparative)

Precipitation

      • [0063]
        Disslove the sample in the suitable solvent (dichloromethane, acetone, ethyl acetate or ethanol) according to the ratios indicated in table 3 and then add the solvent, hexane or water, according to the ratios indicated in table 3, maintaining the mixture, under stirring, at room temperature. Recover the precipitate by filtration using a buchner funnel and desiccate as in example 6.

Example 8.

Obtaining a pharmaceutical form containing the medication in a defined crystalline form.

  • [0064]
    Prepare a fluid cream containing 2 % cetylic alcohol, 16% glyceryl monostearate, 10% vaseline oil, 13 % propylene glycol, 10% polyethylenglycol with low polymerization 1.5% polysorbate 80 and 47.5 % purified water. Add 1 g of cortexolone 17α-propionate of crystalline form III to 100 g of this cream and subject the mixture to homogenisation by means of a turbine agitator until you obtain homogeneity. You obtain a cream containing a fraction of an active ingredient dissolved in the formulation vehicle and a non-dissolved fraction of an active ingredient, present as a crystal of crystalline form III. This preparation is suitable for use as a formulation vehicle for skin penetration tests on Franz cells, where a coefficient of penetration in the range of 0.04 to 0.03 cm/h is observed on the preparation.

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w “Winlevi (clascoterone) cream, for topical use”(PDF). Cassiopea. Retrieved 9 September 2020.
  2. Jump up to:a b c http://adisinsight.springer.com/drugs/800026561
  3. Jump up to:a b c Kircik LH (July 2019). “What’s new in the management of acne vulgaris”Cutis104(1): 48–52. PMID 31487336.
  4. Jump up to:a b Rosette C, Rosette N, Mazzetti A, Moro L, Gerloni M (February 2019). “Cortexolone 17α-Propionate (Clascoterone) is an Androgen Receptor Antagonist in Dermal Papilla Cells In Vitro”. J Drugs Dermatol18 (2): 197–201. PMID 30811143.
  5. Jump up to:a b c Rosette C, Agan FJ, Mazzetti A, Moro L, Gerloni M (May 2019). “Cortexolone 17α-propionate (Clascoterone) Is a Novel Androgen Receptor Antagonist that Inhibits Production of Lipids and Inflammatory Cytokines from Sebocytes In Vitro”. J Drugs Dermatol18 (5): 412–418. PMID 31141847.
  6. Jump up to:a b “Cassiopea Receives FDA Approval for Winlevi (clascoterone cream 1%), First-in-Class Topical Acne Treatment Targeting the Androgen Receptor”Cassiopea (Press release). Retrieved 2020-08-30.
  7. ^ “Winlevi: FDA-Approved Drugs”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Retrieved 9 September 2020.
  8. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j Barbieri, John S. (2020). “A New Class of Topical Acne Treatment Addressing the Hormonal Pathogenesis of Acne”. JAMA Dermatology156 (6): 619–620. doi:10.1001/jamadermatol.2020.0464ISSN 2168-6068PMID 32320045.
  9. Jump up to:a b c d e Hebert A, Thiboutot D, Stein Gold L, Cartwright M, Gerloni M, Fragasso E, Mazzetti A (April 2020). “Efficacy and Safety of Topical Clascoterone Cream, 1%, for Treatment in Patients With Facial Acne: Two Phase 3 Randomized Clinical Trials”JAMA Dermatol156 (6): 621–630. doi:10.1001/jamadermatol.2020.0465PMC 7177662PMID 32320027.
  10. Jump up to:a b c d e f Celasco G, Moro L, Bozzella R, Ferraboschi P, Bartorelli L, Quattrocchi C, Nicoletti F (2004). “Biological profile of cortexolone 17alpha-propionate (CB-03-01), a new topical and peripherally selective androgen antagonist”. Arzneimittelforschung54 (12): 881–6. doi:10.1055/s-0031-1297043PMID 15646372.
  11. Jump up to:a b https://chem.nlm.nih.gov/chemidplus/rn/19608-29-8
  12. ^ Celasco G, Moroa L, Bozzella R, Ferraboschi P, Bartorelli L, Di Marco R, Quattrocchi C, Nicoletti F (2005). “Pharmacological profile of 9,11-dehydrocortexolone 17alpha-butyrate (CB-03-04), a new androgen antagonist with antigonadotropic activity”. Arzneimittelforschung55 (10): 581–7. doi:10.1055/s-0031-1296908PMID 16294504.
  13. ^ Trifu V, Tiplica GS, Naumescu E, Zalupca L, Moro L, Celasco G (2011). “Cortexolone 17α-propionate 1% cream, a new potent antiandrogen for topical treatment of acne vulgaris. A pilot randomized, double-blind comparative study vs. placebo and tretinoin 0·05% cream”. Br. J. Dermatol165 (1): 177–83. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2133.2011.10332.xPMID 21428978S2CID 38404925.
  14. Jump up to:a b c d e “Drug Trial Snapshot: Winlevi”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 26 August 2020. Retrieved 10 September 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  15. ^ World Health Organization (2019). “International nonproprietary names for pharmaceutical substances (INN): recommended INN: list 82”. WHO Drug Information33 (3): 106. hdl:10665/330879.
  16. ^ Der Sarkissian SA, Sun HY, Sebaratnam DF (August 2020). “Cortexolone 17 α-proprionate for hidradenitis suppurativa”. Dermatol Ther: e14142. doi:10.1111/dth.14142PMID 32761708.

External links

  • “Clascoterone”Drug Information Portal. U.S. National Library of Medicine.
  • Clinical trial number NCT02608450 for “A Study to Evaluate the Safety and Efficacy of CB-03-01 Cream, 1% in Subjects With Facial Acne Vulgaris (25)” at ClinicalTrials.gov
  • Clinical trial number NCT02608476 for “A Study to Evaluate the Safety and Efficacy of CB-03-01 Cream, 1% in Subjects With Facial Acne Vulgaris (26)” at ClinicalTrials.gov
Clascoterone
Cortexolone 17α-propionate.svg
Clinical data
Trade names Winlevi
Other names CB-03-01; Breezula; 11-Deoxycortisol 17α-propionate; 17α-(Propionyloxy)-
deoxycorticosterone; 21-Hydroxy-3,20-dioxopregn-4-en-17-yl propionate
License data
Routes of
administration
Topical (cream)
ATC code
  • None
Legal status
Legal status
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEMBL
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.210.810 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C24H34O5
Molar mass 402.531 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

/////////Clascoterone, クラスコステロン , FDA 2020, 2020 APPROVALS, ANTI ACNE

[H][C@@]12CC[C@](OC(=O)CC)(C(=O)CO)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@@]1([H])[C@@]2([H])CCC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]12C


Pralsetinib

$
0
0

Pralsetinib.png

ChemSpider 2D Image | trans-N-{(1S)-1-[6-(4-Fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-pyridinyl]ethyl}-1-methoxy-4-{4-methyl-6-[(5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino]-2-pyrimidinyl}cyclohexanecarboxamide | C27H32FN9O2

Pralsetinib

Formula
C27H32FN9O2
CAS
2097132-94-8
Mol weight
533.6005
Cyclohexanecarboxamide, N-[(1S)-1-[6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-pyridinyl]ethyl]-1-methoxy-4-[4-methyl-6-[(5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino]-2-pyrimidinyl]-, cis
2097132-94-8 [RN]
BLU-667
BS-15942

Other Names

  • cis-N-[(1S)-1-[6-(4-Fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-pyridinyl]ethyl]-1-methoxy-4-[4-methyl-6-[(5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino]-2-pyrimidinyl]cyclohexanecarboxamide
  • BLU 123244
  • BLU 667
  • Pralsetinib
  • X 581238
  • cis-N-{(1S)-1-[6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]ethyl}-1-methoxy-4-{4-methyl-6-[(5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino]pyrimidin-2-yl}cyclohexane-1-carboxamide

N-[(1S)-1-[6-(4-fluoropyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl]ethyl]-1-methoxy-4-[4-methyl-6-[(5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino]pyrimidin-2-yl]cyclohexane-1-carboxamide

FDA APPROVED GAVRETO, 2020/9/4

Pralsetinib, sold under the brand name Gavreto, is a medication for the treatment of metastatic RET fusion-positive non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC).[1] Pralsetinib is a tyrosine kinase inhibitor. It is taken by mouth.[1]

The most common adverse reactions include increased aspartate aminotransferase (AST), decreased hemoglobin, decreased lymphocytes, decreased neutrophils, increased alanine aminotransferase (ALT), increased creatinine, increased alkaline phosphatase, fatigue, constipation, musculoskeletal pain, decreased calcium, hypertension, decreased sodium, decreased phosphate, and decreased platelets.[1]

Pralsetinib was approved for medical use in the United States in September 2020.[1][2][3][4]

Medical uses

Pralsetinib is indicated for the treatment of adults with metastatic RET fusion-positive non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) as detected by an FDA approved test.[1][4]

History

Efficacy was investigated in a multicenter, open-label, multi-cohort clinical trial (ARROW, NCT03037385) with 220 participants aged 26-87 whose tumors had RET alterations.[1][4] Identification of RET gene alterations was prospectively determined in local laboratories using either next generation sequencing, fluorescence in situ hybridization, or other tests.[1] The main efficacy outcome measures were overall response rate (ORR) and response duration determined by a blinded independent review committee using RECIST 1.1.[1] The trial was conducted at sites in the United States, Europe and Asia.[4]

Efficacy for RET fusion-positive NSCLC was evaluated in 87 participants previously treated with platinum chemotherapy.[1] The ORR was 57% (95% CI: 46%, 68%); 80% of responding participants had responses lasting 6 months or longer.[1] Efficacy was also evaluated in 27 participants who never received systemic treatment.[1] The ORR for these participants was 70% (95% CI: 50%, 86%); 58% of responding participants had responses lasting 6 months or longer.[1]

The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) granted the application for pralsetinib priority revieworphan drug, and breakthrough therapy designations[1]and granted approval of Gavreto to Blueprint Medicines.[1]

PATENT

US 20170121312

https://patents.google.com/patent/US20170121312A1/en

    • Step 7: Synthesis of (1R,4S)—N—((S)-1-(6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1-methoxy-4-(4-methyl-6-((5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclohexane-carboxamide (Compound 129) and (1S,4R)—N—((S)-1-(6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1-methoxy-4-(4-methyl-6-((5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclohexanecarboxamide (Compound 130)
    • [0194]
      Figure US20170121312A1-20170504-C00094
    • [0195]
      The title compounds were prepared from methyl 1-methoxy-4-(4-methyl-6-((5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclohexanecarboxylate (192 mg, 0.53 mmol) using the same two-step procedure (hydrolysis and amide coupling) outlined in Synthetic Protocols 1 and 2, with PyBOP as the amide coupling reagent instead of HATU. The products were initially isolated as a mixture of diastereomers (190 mg), which was then dissolved in 6 mL methanol and purified by SFC (ChiralPak AD-H 21×250 mm, 40% MeOH containing 0.25% DEA in CO2, 2.5 mL injections, 70 mL/min). Peak 1 was concentrated to give (1R,4S)—N—((S)-1-(6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1-methoxy-4-(4-methyl-6-((5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclohexanecarboxamide (29 mg, 10%) as a white solid. Peak 2 was concentrated to give (1s,4R)—N—((S)-1-(6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1-methoxy-4-(4-methyl-6-((5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclohexane-carboxamide (130 mg, 46%) as a white solid.

Example 6. Synthesis of Compound 149Step 1: Synthesis of Methyl 4-(2-chloro-6-methylpyrimidin-4-yl)-1-methoxycyclohexane-1-carboxylate

    • [0196]
      Figure US20170121312A1-20170504-C00095
    • [0197]
      Methyl 4-iodo-1-methoxycyclohexanecarboxylate (3.37 g, 11.3 mmol) was dissolved in dimethylacetamide (38 mL) in a pressure vessel under a stream of N2. Rieke Zinc (17.7 mL of a 50 mg/mL suspension in THF, 13.6 mmol) was added quickly via syringe, and the vessel was capped and stirred at ambient temperature for 15 minutes. The vessel was opened under a stream of Nand 2,4-dichloro-6-methylpyrimidine (1.84 g, 11.3 mmol) was added followed by PdCl2dppf (826 mg, 1.13 mmol). The vessel was capped and heated to 80° C. for one hour, then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, filtered through celite, and the filtrate was washed with H2O (3×), brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 0 to 50% EtOAc-hexanes) to give methyl 4-(2-chloro-6-methylpyrimidin-4-yl)-1-methoxycyclohexane-1-carboxylate (74 mg, 2.2%) as a colorless oil. MS (ES+) C14H19ClN2Orequires: 298, found: 299 [M+H]+.

Step 2: Synthesis of tert-Butyl 3-((4-(4-methoxy-4-(methoxycarbonyl)cyclohexyl)-6-methylpyrimidin-2-yl)amino)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxylate

    • [0198]
      Figure US20170121312A1-20170504-C00096
    • [0199]
      Methyl 4-(2-chloro-6-methylpyrimidin-4-yl)-1-methoxycyclohexane-1-carboxylate (70.5 mg, 0.236 mmol), tert-butyl 3-amino-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxylate (69.8 mg, 0.354 mmol), di-tert-butyl(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-yl)phosphine (20.0 mg, 0.2 equiv.), Pd2(dba)(21.6 mg, 0.1 equiv.), and potassium acetate (70 mg, 0.71 mmol) were combined in a vial under nitrogen and 0.98 mL dioxane was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 115° C. for 2 h, then cooled to ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, filtered through celite, concentrated onto silica gel, and the resulting residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 0 to 100% ethyl acetate-hexanes) to give tert-butyl 3-((4-(4-methoxy-4-(methoxycarbonyl)cyclohexyl)-6-methylpyrimidin-2-yl)amino)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxylate (48 mg, 44%) as a yellow oil. MS (ES+) C23H33N5Orequires: 459, found: 460 [M+H]+.

Step 3: Synthesis of 1-Methoxy-4-(6-methyl-2-((5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid

    • [0200]
      Figure US20170121312A1-20170504-C00097
    • [0201]
      Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (13 mg, 0.31 mmol) was added to a solution of tert-butyl 3-((4-(4-methoxy-4-(methoxycarbonyl)cyclohexyl)-6-methylpyrimidin-2-yl)amino)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxylate (47.7 mg, 0.104 mmol) in THF/MeOH/H2O (17:1:1, 1.8 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 60° C. and stirred for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated to give crude 1-methoxy-4-(6-methyl-2-((5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid (57 mg, crude) which was used in the subsequent amide coupling without any further purification. MS (ES+) C17H23N5Orequires: 345, found: 346 [M+H]+.

Step 4: Synthesis of (1s,4R)—N—((S)-1-(6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1-methoxy-4-(6-methyl-2-((5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-1-carboxamide (Compound 149)

    • [0202]
      Figure US20170121312A1-20170504-C00098
    • [0203]
      The title compound was prepared from 1-methoxy-4-(6-methyl-2-((5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid (57 mg, 0.104 mmol) using the same procedured (amide coupling) outlined in Synthetic Protocols 1 and 2, with PyBOP as the amide coupling reagent instead of HATU. The products were initially isolated as a mixture of diastereomers (36 mg), which was then dissolved in 6 mL methanol-DCM (1:1) and purified by SFC (ChiralPak IC-H 21×250 mm, 40% MeOH containing 0.25% DEA in CO2, 1.0 mL injections, 70 mL/min). Peak 1 was an undesired isomer, and Peak 2 was concentrated to give (1 s,4R)—N—((S)-1-(6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1-methoxy-4-(6-methyl-2-((5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-1-carboxamide (13.4 mg, 24%) as a white solid.

Synthesis of IntermediatesExample 7. Synthesis of Ketone and Boronate IntermediatesA. Methyl 1-methoxy-4-oxocyclohexane-1-carboxylate

    • [0204]
      Figure US20170121312A1-20170504-C00099
    • [0205]
      The title compound was prepared as described in WO 2014/130810 A1 page 86.

B. Ethyl 1-ethoxy-4-oxocyclohexane-1-carboxylate

    • [0206]
      Figure US20170121312A1-20170504-C00100

Step 1: Synthesis of ethyl 8-ethoxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxylate

    • [0207]
      A solution of 1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-one (20.0 g, 128 mmol) in CHBr(3234 g, 1280 mmol) was cooled to 0° C. and potassium hydroxide (57.5 g, 1024 mmol) in EtOH (300 mL) was added dropwise over 2.5 hrs. After stirring the mixture for 23 h, the mixture was concentrated, and the residue was partitioned between EtOAc and H2O. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, PE:EA=15:1 to 10:1) to obtain the title compound (18.0 g).

Step 2: Synthesis of ethyl 1-ethoxy-4-oxocyclohexane-1-carboxylate

    • [0208]
      To a solution of ethyl 8-ethoxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxylate (10 g, 43 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (250 mL) was added aqueous HCl (6 M, 92.5 mL), and the mixture was stirred for 23 h at ambient temperature. The mixture was then diluted with H2O and extracted with EtOAc.
    • [0209]
      The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (PE:EA=15:1) to obtain the product (8.0 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 4.20-4.13 (m, 2H), 3.43 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.48-2.39 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.12 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.22 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.17 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H).

C. Ethyl 6,6-dimethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)cyclohex-3-ene-1-carboxylate

    • [0210]
      Figure US20170121312A1-20170504-C00101

Step 1: Synthesis of ethyl 2,2-dimethyl-4-oxocyclohexane-1-carboxylate

    • [0211]
      A solution of methylmagnesium bromide (3M, 109.8 mL, 329.4 mmol) was added dropwise to a suspension of CuCN (14.75 g, 164.7 mmol) in diethyl ether (50 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred for 30 min at 0° C. and then cooled to −78° C. The solution of ethyl 2-methyl-4-oxocyclohex-2-ene-1-carboxylate (10 g, 54.9 mmol) in diethyl ether (10 mL) was then added dropwise. The mixture was stirred between −40° C. to −20° C. for 2 h, then was warmed to ambient temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was carefully added to a saturated solution of ammonium chloride. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with diethyl ether, and the organic layers were combined. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (PE:EA=10:1) to give ethyl 2,2-dimethyl-4-oxocyclohexane-1-carboxylate (1.16 g).

Step 2: Synthesis of ethyl 6,6-dimethyl-4-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)cyclohex-3-ene-1-carboxylate

    • [0212]
      Ethyl 2,2-dimethyl-4-oxocyclohexane-1-carboxylate (1.16 g, 5.85 mmol) and DIPEA (3.03 g, 23.4 mmol) were dissolved in dry toluene (2 mL) and heated at 45° C. for 10 minutes. Trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (6.61 g, 23.4 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min and the mixture was heated at 45° C. for 2 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, concentrated, diluted with water (60 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×40 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 0 to 100% ethyl acetate-petroleum ether) to afford ethyl 6,6-dimethyl-4-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)cyclohex-3-ene-1-carboxylate (1 g).

Step 3: Synthesis of ethyl 6,6-dimethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)cyclohex-3-ene-1-carboxylate

    • [0213]
      Ethyl 6,6-dimethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)cyclohex-3-ene-1-carboxylate (1 g, 3.03 mmol), 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (1.15 g, 4.54 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl(73.5 mg, 0.09 mmol) and potassium acetate (891 mg, 9.08 mmol) were suspended in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL). The reaction mixture was flushed with nitrogen, then heated to 100° C. for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered, and concentrated, and the resulting brown oil was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 0 to 100% ethyl acetate-petroleum ether) to afford ethyl 6,6-dimethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)cyclohex-3-ene-1-carboxylate (618 mg).

D. Ethyl 6-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)cyclohex-3-ene-1-carboxylate

    • [0214]
      Figure US20170121312A1-20170504-C00102
    • [0215]
      Ethyl 6-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)cyclohex-3-ene-1-carboxylate was prepared using the same synthetic protocol as described above using ethyl 2-methyl-4-oxocyclohexane-1-carboxylate as the starting material.

E. Methyl 2-methyl-5-oxotetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-carboxylate

    • [0216]
      Figure US20170121312A1-20170504-C00103

Step 1: Synthesis of methyl 2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran-2-carboxylate

    • [0217]
      A mixture of acrylaldehyde (120 g, 2.14 mol), methyl methacrylate (200 g, 2.00 mol) and hydroquinone (2.2 g, 20 mmol) were heated in a sealed steel vessel at 180° C. for one h. The mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (gradient elution, petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=100:1 to 80:1) to give methyl 2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran-2-carboxylate (70 g, 22% yield) as a pale yellow oil. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.38 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.73-4.70 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.25-2.22 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.49 (s, 3H).

Step 2: Synthesis of methyl 5-hydroxy-2-methyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-carboxylate

    • [0218]
      To a solution of methyl 2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran-2-carboxylate (20.0 g, 128 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) was added borane (67 mL, 1 M in tetrahydrofuran) dropwise at −5° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 3 hours. This reaction was monitored by TLC. The mixture was quenched by a solution of sodium acetate (10.5 g, 128 mmol) in water (15 mL). Then the mixture was treated with 30% hydrogen peroxide solution (23.6 g, 208.2 mmol) slowly at 0° C. and stirred at 30° C. for 3 h. The mixture was then partitioned between saturated sodium sulfite solution and tetrahydrofuran. The aqueous layer was further extracted with tetrahydrofuran (2×). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (gradient elution, petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=10:1 to 1:1) to give crude methyl 5-hydroxy-2-methyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-carboxylate (18 g, crude) as a pale yellow oil, which used directly for next step.

Step 3: Synthesis of methyl 2-methyl-5-oxotetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-carboxylate

    • [0219]
      To a solution of methyl 5-hydroxy-2-methyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-carboxylate (18.0 g, 103 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (200 mL) was added PCC (45.0 g, 209 mmol) in portions. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature until TLC indicated the reaction was completed. Petroleum ether (500 mL) was then added and the mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with petroleum ether (100 mL), and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to give methyl 2-methyl-5-oxotetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-carboxylate (15 g, 84% yield) as a pale yellow oil. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.25 (d, J=17.6 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (d, J=17.6 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 2.52-2.44 (m, 3H), 2.11-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.53 (s, 3H).

Example 8. Synthesis of Iodide IntermediatesA. Methyl 1-methoxy-4-iodocyclohexane-1-carboxylate

    • [0220]
      Figure US20170121312A1-20170504-C00104

Step 1: Synthesis of methyl 1-methoxy-4-hydroxycyclohexane-1-carboxylate

    • [0221]
      Methyl 1-methoxy-4-oxocyclohexanecarboxylate (4.00 g, 21.5 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (100 mL) and the solution was cooled to 0° C. Sodium borohydride (2.03 g, 53.7 mmol) was added in portions over 20 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min, then was quenched by addition of aqueous saturated NH4Cl solution. The quenched reaction mixture was evaporated to remove the MeOH, then the aqueous suspension was extracted with DCM (3×). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield a residue that was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 5% to 100% ethyl acetate-hexanes) to afford methyl 1-methoxy-4-hydroxycyclohexane-1-carboxylate (2.00 g, 49.5%) as a colorless oil. MS (ES+) C9H16Orequires: 188, found: 211 [M+Na]+.

Step 2: Synthesis of methyl 1-methoxy-4-iodocyclohexane-1-carboxylate

    • [0222]
      Methyl 1-methoxy-4-hydroxycyclohexane-1-carboxylate (2.00 g, 10.6 mmol) was dissolved in THF (20 mL) and imidazole (723 mg, 10.6 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (3.34 g, 12.8 mmol) were added. The mixture was cooled to 0° C., and then a solution of iodine (3.24 g, 12.8 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and was then stirred for 2 days, after which it was poured over saturated sodium thiosulfate solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, and the residue was triturated with hexane (40 mL, stir for 20 min). The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated to provide a residue that was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 0 to 30% ethyl acetate-hexanes) to give the title compound (2.37 g, 75%) as a pale yellow oil. MS (ES+) C9H15IOrequires: 298, found: 299 [M+H]+.

B. Ethyl 1-ethoxy-4-iodocyclohexane-1-carboxylate

    • [0223]
      Figure US20170121312A1-20170504-C00105
    • [0224]
      The title compound was prepared as described above using ethyl 1-ethoxy-4-oxocyclohexane-1-carboxylate as a starting material. C11H19IOrequires: 326, found: 327 [M+H].

Example 9. Synthesis of Amine IntermediatesA. (S)-1-(6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)ethan-1-amine

    • [0225]
      Figure US20170121312A1-20170504-C00106

Step 1: Synthesis of 1-(6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)ethan-1-one

    • [0226]
      4-Fluoro-1H-pyrazole (4.73 g, 55 mmol) and potassium carbonate (17.27 g, 125 mmol) were combined and stirred in N,N-dimethylformamide (41.7 mL) for 10 minutes in an open sealed tube before addition of 2-bromo-5-acetylpyridine (10 g, 50 mmol). The reaction tube was sealed and stirred for 20 hours at 100° C. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and poured into water (˜700 mL). The mixture was sonicated and stirred for 20 minutes, after which a beige solid was isolated by filtration, washed with small amounts of water, and dried to yield 1-(6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)ethan-1-one (9.81 g, 96% yield). MS: M+1=206.0.

Step 2: Synthesis of (R)—N—((S)-1-(6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide

    • [0227]
      To a stirred room temperature solution of 1-(6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)ethan-1-one (9.806 g, 47.8 mmol) in THF (96 mL) was added (R)-(+)-t-Butylsulfinamide (5.79 g, 47.8 mmol) followed by titanium (IV) ethoxide (21.8 g, 96 mmol). The solution was stirred at 75° C. on an oil bath for 15 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and then to −78° C. (external temperature) before the next step. To the −78° C. solution was added dropwise over nearly 55 minutes L-Selectride (143 mL of 1N in THF, 143 mmol). During addition, some bubbling was observed. The reaction was then stirred after the addition was completed for 15 minutes at −78° C. before warming to room temperature. LC-MS of sample taken during removal from cold bath showed reaction was completed. The reaction was cooled to −50° C. and quenched slowly with methanol (˜10 mL), then poured into water (600 mL) and stirred. An off-white precipitate was removed by filtration, with ethyl acetate used for washes. The filtrate was diluted with ethyl acetate (800 mL), the layers were separated, and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated down. The crude was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield (R)—N—((S)-1-(6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (10.5 g, 99% purity, 70.3% yield) as a light yellow solid. MS: M+1=311.1.

Step 3: Synthesis of (S)-1-(6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)ethan-1-amine

  • [0228]
    A solution of (R)—N—((S)-1-(6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (10.53 g, 33.9 mmol)) in methanol (79 mmol) and 4N HCl/dioxane (85 mL, 339 mmol) was stirred for 2.5 hours, at which point LC-MS showed reaction was complete. The reaction solution was poured into diethyl ether (300 mL) and a sticky solid was formed. The mixture was treated with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and sonicated. The solvents were decanted, and the sticky solid was treated with more ethyl acetate (˜200 mL), sonicated and stirred. The bulk of the sticky solid was converted to a suspension. A light yellow solid was isolated by filtration, washed with smaller amounts of ethyl acetate, and dried to yield (S)-1-(6-(4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)ethan-1-amine (7.419 g, 78% yield). LC-MS confirmed desired product in high purity. MS: M+1=207.1.

PATENT

CN 111440151

PATENT

CN 111362923

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j k l m n “FDA approves pralsetinib for lung cancer with RET gene fusions”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 4 September 2020. Retrieved 8 September 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  2. ^ “Blueprint Medicines Announces FDA Approval of Gavreto (pralsetinib) for the Treatment of Adults with Metastatic RET Fusion-Positive Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer” (Press release). Blueprint Medicines. 4 September 2020. Retrieved 8 September 2020 – via PR Newswire.
  3. ^ “Roche announces FDA approval of Gavreto (pralsetinib) for the treatment of adults with metastatic RET fusion-positive non-small cell lung cancer”Roche (Press release). 7 September 2020. Retrieved 8 September 2020.
  4. Jump up to:a b c d “Drug Trial Snapshot: Gavreto”U.S. Food and Drug Administration. 4 September 2020. Retrieved 16 September 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.

External links

Pralsetinib
Clinical data
Trade names Gavreto
Other names BLU-667
License data
Pregnancy
category
  • US: N (Not classified yet)
Routes of
administration
By mouth
Drug class Tyrosine kinase inhibitor
ATC code
  • None
Legal status
Legal status
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEMBL
Chemical and physical data
Formula C27H32FN9O2
Molar mass 533.612 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

Roche buys into Blueprint’s RET inhibitor

The deal positions pralsetinib to compete against Lilly’s Retevmo

by Lisa M. Jarvis
JULY 18, 2020 | APPEARED IN VOLUME 98, ISSUE 28
09828-buscon2-pral.jpg

Roche is investing $775 million in cash and equity for access to Blueprint Medicines’ oncology drug candidate pralsetinib, which is under review by the US Food and Drug Administration.

Pralsetinib is a small-molecule inhibitor of RET alterations—rare genetic fusions or mutations that occur at low levels across lung, thyroid, and many other cancers.

The drug will go up against Eli Lilly and Company’s Retevmo, an RET inhibitor that received FDA approval in May for certain lung and thyroid cancers. Lilly acquired Retevmo in its $8 billion purchase of Loxo Oncology in 2019, a deal to obtain Loxo’s pipeline of small molecules for genetically defined tumors.

But SVB Leerink analyst Andrew Berens points out that Retevmo has side effects: it can cause an irregular heart rhythm called QT prolongation and hemorrhagic events. That leaves room for pralsetinib, which Roche will be better able to get in front of oncologists, Berens argues. In addition to a vast commercial network, Roche brings diagnostic tools to help identify cancer patients whose tumors feature RET alterations.

The FDA has a deadline of Nov. 23 to decide on approving the drug for lung cancer.

Roche’s move lowers the likelihood of a takeover of Blueprint, which had appeared on many investors’ short lists of acquisition targets. “We were surprised by the profuse language framing this deal as ensuring Blueprint’s independence,” Piper Sandler stock analyst Christopher J. Raymond told investors in a note.

//////////Pralsetinib, GAVRETO, 2020 APPROVALS, FDA 2020

CC1=CC(=NN1)NC2=NC(=NC(=C2)C)C3CCC(CC3)(C(=O)NC(C)C4=CN=C(C=C4)N5C=C(C=N5)F)OC

Imlifidase

$
0
0

MDSFSANQEI RYSEVTPYHV TSVWTKGVTP PANFTQGEDV FHAPYVANQG WYDITKTFNG
KDDLLCGAAT AGNMLHWWFD QNKDQIKRYL EEHPEKQKIN FNGEQMFDVK EAIDTKNHQL
DSKLFEYFKE KAFPYLSTKH LGVFPDHVID MFINGYRLSL TNHGPTPVKE GSKDPRGGIF
DAVFTRGDQS KLLTSRHDFK EKNLKEISDL IKKELTEGKA LGLSHTYANV RINHVINLWG
ADFDSNGNLK AIYVTDSDSN ASIGMKKYFV GVNSAGKVAI SAKEIKEDNI GAQVLGLFTL
STGQDSWNQT N

Imlifidase

イムリフィダーゼ;

Formula
C1575H2400N422O477S6
CAS
1947415-68-0
Mol weight
35070.8397

EMA APPROVED, 2020/8/25, Idefirix

Pre-transplant treatment to make patients with donor specific IgG eligible for kidney transplantation
Immunosuppressant, Immunoglobulin modulator (enzyme)

Imlifidase is under investigation in clinical trial NCT02854059 (IdeS in Asymptomatic Asymptomatic Antibody-Mediated Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura (TTP) Patients).

Imlifidase, brand name Idefirix, is a medication for the desensitization of highly sensitized adults needing kidney transplantation, but unlikely to receive a compatible transplant.[1]

Imlifidase is a cysteine protease derived from the immunoglobulin G (IgG)‑degrading enzyme of Streptococcus pyogenes.[1] It cleaves the heavy chains of all human IgG subclasses (but no other immunoglobulins), eliminating Fc-dependent effector functions, including CDC and antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC).[1] Thus, imlifidase reduces the level of donor specific antibodies, enabling transplantation.[1]

The benefits with imlifidase are its ability to convert a positive crossmatch to a negative one in highly sensitized people to allow renal transplantation.[1] The most common side effects are infections and infusion related reactions.[1]

In June 2020, the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use (CHMP) of the European Medicines Agency (EMA) recommended the approval of Imlifidase.[1][2]

Medical uses

Per the CHMP recommendation, imlifidase will be indicated for desensitization treatment of highly sensitized adult kidney transplant people with positive crossmatch against an available deceased donor.[1] The use of imlifidase should be reserved for people unlikely to be transplanted under the available kidney allocation system including prioritization programmes for highly sensitized people.[1]

History

Imlifidase was granted orphan drug designations by the European Commission in January 2017, and November 2018,[3][4] and by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in both February and July 2018.[5][6]

In February 2019, Hansa Medical AB changed its name to Hansa Biopharma AB.[4]

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i “Imlifidase: Pending EC decision”European Medicines Agency (EMA). 25 June 2020. Retrieved 26 June 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  2. ^ “New treatment to enable kidney transplant in highly sensitised patients”European Medicines Agency (Press release). 26 June 2020. Retrieved 26 June 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  3. ^ “EU/3/16/1826”European Medicines Agency (EMA). 12 January 2017. Retrieved 27 June 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  4. Jump up to:a b “EU/3/18/2096”European Medicines Agency (EMA). 13 February 2019. Retrieved 27 June 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  5. ^ “Imlifidase Orphan Drug Designation and Approval”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 3 July 2018. Retrieved 27 June 2020.
  6. ^ “Imlifidase Orphan Drug Designation and Approval”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 14 February 2018. Retrieved 27 June 2020.

Further reading

External links

  • “Imlifidase”Drug Information Portal. U.S. National Library of Medicine.
Imlifidase
Clinical data
Pronunciation im lif’ i dase
Trade names Idefirix
Other names HMED-IdeS
Routes of
administration
Intravenous
ATC code
Identifiers
CAS Number
DrugBank
UNII
KEGG
ChEMBL
Chemical and physical data
Formula C1575H2400N422O477S6
Molar mass 35071.36 g·mol−1

//////////Imlifidase, Idefirix, PEPTIDE, イムリフィダーゼ , 2020 APPROVALS, EMA 2020, EU 2020

Nifurtimox

$
0
0

Nifurtimox.svg

Nifurtimox

Formula
C10H13N3O5S
CAS
23256-30-6
Mol weight
287.2923

FDA APPROVED, 2020/8/6, LAMPIT

Antiprotozoal
  Disease
Chagas disease

IUPAC Name

3-methyl-4-[(E)-[(5-nitrofuran-2-yl)methylidene]amino]-1lambda6-thiomorpholine-1,1-dione

SMILES

CC1CS(=O)(=O)CCN1\N=C\C1=CC=C(O1)[N+]([O-])=O
SYN
Danong Chen, Glenn Rice. 2013. Novel formulations of nitrofurans including nifurtimox with enhanced activity with lower toxicity.US20150140089A1
  • OriginatorBayer
  • ClassAntiprotozoals; Nitrofurans; Small molecules; Thiamorpholines; Thiazines
  • Mechanism of ActionDNA damage modulators
  • RegisteredChagas disease
  • 07 Aug 2020Registered for Chagas disease (In adolescents, In children, In infants) in USA (PO)
  • 31 Jan 2020Preregistration for Chagas disease (In infants, In children, In adolescents) in USA (PO)
  • 29 Jan 2020Bayer completes a phase I trial in Chagas disease in Argentina (PO) (NCT03334838)
Title: Nifurtimox
CAS Registry Number: 23256-30-6
CAS Name: 3-Methyl-N-[(5-nitro-2-furanyl)methylene]-4-thiomorpholinamine 1,1-dioxide
Additional Names: 4-[(5-nitrofurfurylidene)amino]-3-methylthiomorpholine-1,1-dioxide; tetrahydro-3-methyl-4-[(5-nitrofurfurylidene)amino]-2H-1,4-thiazine 1,1-dioxide; 1-[(5-nitrofurfurylidene)amino]-2-methyltetrahydro-1,4-thiazine 4,4-dioxide
Manufacturers’ Codes: Bay 2502
Trademarks: Lampit (Bayer)
Molecular Formula: C10H13N3O5S
Molecular Weight: 287.29
Percent Composition: C 41.81%, H 4.56%, N 14.63%, O 27.85%, S 11.16%
Literature References: Prepn from 5-nitrofurfural and 4-amino-3-methyltetrahydro-1,4-thiazine 1,1-dioxide: Herlinger et al., DE 1170957 corresp to US 3262930 (1964 and 1966 to Bayer). Series of articles on pharmacology and clinical findings: Arzneim.-Forsch. 22, 1563-1642 (1972). Toxicity data: K. Hoffmann, ibid. 1590.
Properties: Orange-red crystals from dil acetic acid, mp 180-182°. LD50 in mice, rats (mg/kg): 3720, 4050 by gavage (Hoffmann).
Melting point: mp 180-182°
Toxicity data: LD50 in mice, rats (mg/kg): 3720, 4050 by gavage (Hoffmann)
Therap-Cat: Antiprotozoal (Trypanosoma).
Keywords: Antiprotozoal (Trypanosoma).

Nifurtimox, sold under the brand name Lampit, is a medication used to treat Chagas disease and sleeping sickness.[1][4] For sleeping sickness it is used together with eflornithine in nifurtimox-eflornithine combination treatment.[4] In Chagas disease it is a second-line option to benznidazole.[5] It is given by mouth.[1]

Common side effects include abdominal pain, headache, nausea, and weight loss.[1] There are concerns from animal studies that it may increase the risk of cancer but these concerns have not be found in human trials.[5] Nifurtimox is not recommended in pregnancy or in those with significant kidney or liver problems.[5] It is a type of nitrofuran.[5]

Nifurtimox came into medication use in 1965.[5] It is on the World Health Organization’s List of Essential Medicines.[4] It is not available commercially in Canada.[1] It was approved for medical use in the United States in August 2020.[3] In regions of the world where the disease is common nifurtimox is provided for free by the World Health Organization (WHO).[6]

Chagas disease, caused by a parasite known as Trypanosoma cruzi (T.cruzi), is a vector-transmitted disease affecting animals and humans in the Americas. It is commonly known as American Trypanosomiasis.11

The CDC estimates that approximately 8 million people in Central America, South America, and Mexico are infected with T. cruzi, without symptoms. If Chagas disease is left untreated, life-threatening sequelae may result.11

Nifurtimox, developed by Bayer, is a nitrofuran antiprotozoal drug used in the treatment of Chagas disease. On August 6 2020, accelerated FDA approval was granted for its use in pediatric patients in response to promising results from phase III clinical trials. Continued approval will be contingent upon confirmatory data.10 A convenient feature of Bayer’s formulation is the ability to divide the scored tablets manually without the need for pill-cutting devices.10

Medical uses

Nifurtimox has been used to treat Chagas disease, when it is given for 30 to 60 days.[7][8] However, long-term use of nifurtimox does increase chances of adverse events like gastrointestinal and neurological side effects.[8][9] Due to the low tolerance and completion rate of nifurtimox, benznidazole is now being more considered for those who have Chagas disease and require long-term treatment.[5][9]

In the United States nifurtimox is indicated in children and adolescents (birth to less than 18 years of age and weighing at least 2.5 kilograms (5.5 lb) for the treatment of Chagas disease (American Trypanosomiasis), caused by Trypanosoma cruzi.[2]

Nifurtimox has also been used to treat African trypanosomiasis (sleeping sickness), and is active in the second stage of the disease (central nervous system involvement). When nifurtimox is given on its own, about half of all patients will relapse,[10] but the combination of melarsoprol with nifurtimox appears to be efficacious.[11] Trials are awaited comparing melarsoprol/nifurtimox against melarsoprol alone for African sleeping sickness.[12]

Combination therapy with eflornithine and nifurtimox is safer and easier than treatment with eflornithine alone, and appears to be equally or more effective. It has been recommended as first-line treatment for second-stage African trypanosomiasis.[13]

Pregnancy and breastfeeding

Use of nifurtimox should be avoided in pregnant women due to limited use.[5][8][14] There is limited data shown that nifurtimox doses up to 15 mg/kg daily can cause adverse effects in breastfed infants.[15] Other authors do not consider breastfeeding a contraindication during nifurtimox use.[15]

Side effects

Side effects occur following chronic administration, particularly in elderly people. Major toxicities include immediate hypersensitivity such as anaphylaxis and delayed hypersensitivity reaction involving icterus and dermatitis. Central nervous system disturbances and peripheral neuropathy may also occur.[8]

Contraindications

Nifurtimox is contraindicated in people with severe liver or kidney disease, as well as people with a background of neurological or psychiatric disorders.[5][16][20]

Mechanism of action

Nifurtimox forms a nitro-anion radical metabolite that reacts with nucleic acids of the parasite causing significant breakdown of DNA.[8] Its mechanism is similar to that proposed for the antibacterial action of metronidazole. Nifurtimox undergoes reduction and creates oxygen radicals such as superoxide. These radicals are toxic to T. cruzi. Mammalian cells are protected by presence of catalaseglutathioneperoxidases, and superoxide dismutase. Accumulation of hydrogen peroxide to cytotoxic levels results in parasite death.[8]

Manufacturing and availability

A bottle of nifurtimox

Nifurtimox is sold under the brand name Lampit by Bayer.[3] It was previously known as Bayer 2502.

Nifurtimox is only licensed for use in Argentina and Germany,[citation needed] where it is sold as 120-mg tablets. It was approved for medical use in the United States in August 2020.[3]

Research

Nifurtimox is in a phase-II clinical trial for the treatment of pediatric neuroblastoma and medulloblastoma.[21]

SYN

Nifurtimox

Synthesis of Essential Drugs

2006, Pages 559-582

Nifurtimox, 1,1-dioxide 4-[(5-nitrofuryliden)amino]-3-methylthiomorpholine (37.4.7), is made by the following scheme. Interaction of 2-mercaptoethanol with propylene oxide in the presence of potassium hydroxide gives (2-hydroxyethyl)-(2-hydroxypropylsul-fide) (37.4.3), which undergoes intramolecular dehydration using potassium bisulfate to make 2-methyl-1,4-oxithiane (37.4.4). Oxidation of this using hydrogen peroxide gives 2-methyl-1,4-oxithian-4,4-dioxide (37.4.5), which when reacted with hydrazine transforms to 4-amino-3-methyltetrahydro-1,4-thiazin-1,1-dioxide (37.4.6). Reacting this with 5-nitrofurfurol gives the corresponding hydrazone—the desired nifurtimox [58,59].

58. H. Herlinger, K.H. Heinz, S. Petersen, M.Bock, Ger. Pat. 1.170.957 (1964).

59. H. Herlinger, K.H. Heinz, S. Petersen, M. Bock, U.S. Pat. 3.262.930 (1966)

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c d e f “Nifurtimox (Systemic)”Drugs.com. 1995. Archived from the original on 20 December 2016. Retrieved 3 December 2016.
  2. Jump up to:a b “Lampit (nifurtimox) tablets, for oral use” (PDF)U.S. Food and Drug Administration(FDA). Bayer HealthCare Pharmaceuticals Inc. Retrieved 6 August 2020.
  3. Jump up to:a b c d “Lampit: FDA-Approved Drugs”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Retrieved 6 August 2020.
  4. Jump up to:a b c World Health Organization (2019). World Health Organization model list of essential medicines: 21st list 2019. Geneva: World Health Organization. hdl:10665/325771. WHO/MVP/EMP/IAU/2019.06. License: CC BY-NC-SA 3.0 IGO.
  5. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h Bern, Caryn; Montgomery, Susan P.; Herwaldt, Barbara L.; Rassi, Anis; Marin-Neto, Jose Antonio; Dantas, Roberto O.; Maguire, James H.; Acquatella, Harry; Morillo, Carlos (2007-11-14). “Evaluation and Treatment of Chagas Disease in the United States”JAMA298 (18): 2171–81. doi:10.1001/jama.298.18.2171ISSN 0098-7484PMID 18000201.
  6. ^ “Trypanosomiasis, human African (sleeping sickness)”World Health Organization. February 2016. Archived from the original on 4 December 2016. Retrieved 7 December2016.
  7. ^ Coura JR, de Castro SL (2002). “A critical review of Chagas disease chemotherapy”Mem Inst Oswaldo Cruz97 (1): 3–24. doi:10.1590/S0074-02762002000100001PMID 11992141.
  8. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h “Nifurtimox Drug Information, Professional”http://www.drugs.comArchivedfrom the original on 2016-11-08. Retrieved 2016-11-09.
  9. Jump up to:a b Jackson, Yves; Alirol, Emilie; Getaz, Laurent; Wolff, Hans; Combescure, Christophe; Chappuis, François (2010-11-15). “Tolerance and Safety of Nifurtimox in Patients with Chronic Chagas Disease”Clinical Infectious Diseases51 (10): e69–e75. doi:10.1086/656917ISSN 1058-4838PMID 20932171.
  10. ^ Pepin J, Milord F, Mpia B, et al. (1989). “An open clinical trial of nifurtimox for arseno-resistant T. b. gambiense sleeping sickness in central Zaire”. Trans R Soc Trop Med Hyg83(4): 514–7. doi:10.1016/0035-9203(89)90270-8PMID 2694491.
  11. ^ Bisser S, N’Siesi FX, Lejon V, et al. (2007). “Equivalence Trial of Melarsoprol and Nifurtimox Monotherapy and Combination Therapy for the Treatment of Second-Stage Trypanosoma brucei gambiense Sleeping Sickness”J Infect Dis195 (3): 322–329. doi:10.1086/510534PMID 17205469.
  12. ^ Pepin J (2007). “Combination Therapy for Sleeping Sickness: A Wake-Up Call”J Infect Dis195 (3): 311–13. doi:10.1086/510540PMID 17205466.
  13. ^ Priotto G, Kasparian S, Mutombo W, et al. (July 2009). “Nifurtimox-eflornithine combination therapy for second-stage African Trypanosoma brucei gambiensetrypanosomiasis: a multicentre, randomised, phase III, non-inferiority trial”. Lancet374(9683): 56–64. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(09)61117-Xhdl:10144/72797PMID 19559476.
  14. ^ Schaefer, Christof; Peters, Paul W. J.; Miller, Richard K. (2014-09-17). Drugs During Pregnancy and Lactation: Treatment Options and Risk Assessment. Academic Press. ISBN 9780124079014Archived from the original on 2017-09-08.
  15. Jump up to:a b “Nifurtimox use while Breastfeeding | Drugs.com”http://www.drugs.comArchived from the original on 2016-11-08. Retrieved 2016-11-07.
  16. Jump up to:a b c “Parasites – American Trypanosomiasis (also known as Chagas Disease)”U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)Archived from the original on 2016-11-06. Retrieved 2016-11-09.
  17. Jump up to:a b Forsyth, Colin J.; Hernandez, Salvador; Olmedo, Wilman; Abuhamidah, Adieb; Traina, Mahmoud I.; Sanchez, Daniel R.; Soverow, Jonathan; Meymandi, Sheba K. (2016-10-15). “Safety Profile of Nifurtimox for Treatment of Chagas Disease in the United States”Clinical Infectious Diseases63 (8): 1056–1062. doi:10.1093/cid/ciw477ISSN 1537-6591PMC 5036918PMID 27432838.
  18. ^ Castro, José A.; de Mecca, Maria Montalto; Bartel, Laura C. (2006-08-01). “Toxic side effects of drugs used to treat Chagas’ disease (American trypanosomiasis)”. Human & Experimental Toxicology25 (8): 471–479. doi:10.1191/0960327106het653oaISSN 0960-3271PMID 16937919.
  19. Jump up to:a b Estani, Sergio Sosa; Segura, Elsa Leonor (1999-09-01). “Treatment of Trypanosoma cruzi infection in the undetermined phase. Experience and current guidelines of treatment in Argentina”Memórias do Instituto Oswaldo Cruz94: 363–365. doi:10.1590/S0074-02761999000700070ISSN 0074-0276PMID 10677756.
  20. ^ “Chagas disease”World Health OrganizationArchived from the original on 2014-02-27. Retrieved 2016-11-08.
  21. ^ Clinical trial number NCT00601003 for “Study of Nifurtimox to Treat Refractory or Relapsed Neuroblastoma or Medulloblastoma” at ClinicalTrials.gov. Retrieved on July 10, 2009.

External links

  • “Nifurtimox”Drug Information Portal. U.S. National Library of Medicine.
Nifurtimox
Nifurtimox.svg
Nifurtimox 3D.png
Clinical data
Trade names Lampit[1]
Other names Bayer 2502[1]
AHFS/Drugs.com Drugs.com archive
Lampit
License data
Routes of
administration
By mouth
ATC code
Legal status
Legal status
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability Low
Metabolism Liver (Cytochrome P450 oxidase (CYP) involved)
Elimination half-life 2.95 ± 1.19 hours
Excretion Kidney, very low
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEBI
ChEMBL
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.041.377 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C10H13N3O5S
Molar mass 287.29 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)
Chirality Racemic mixture
Melting point 180 to 182 °C (356 to 360 °F)

///////////Nifurtimox, LAMPIT, 2020 APPROVALS, FDA 2020, ニフルチモックス, CHAGAS DISEASE, ANTI PROTOZOAL

Bulevirtide acetate

$
0
0

Bulevirtide acetate

(N-Myristoyl-glycyl-L-threonyl-L-asparaginyl-L-leucyl-L-seryl-L-valyl-Lprolyl-L-asparaginyl-L-prolyl-L-leucyl-glycyl-L-phenylalanyl-L-phenylalanyl-L-prolyl-L-aspartyl-L-histidyl-Lglutaminyl-L-leucyl-L-aspartyl-L-prolyl-L-alanyl-L-phenylalanyl-glycyl-L-alanyl-L-asparaginyl-L-seryl-Lasparaginyl-L-asparaginyl-Lprolyl-L-aspartyl-L-tryptophanyl-L-aspartyl-L-phenylalanyl-L-asparaginyl-L-prolylL-asparaginyl-L-lysyl-L-aspartyl-L-histidyl-L-tryptophanyl-L-prolyl-L-glutamyl-L-alanyl-L-asparaginyl-L-lysylL-valylglycinamide, acetate salt.

molecular formula C248H355N65O72,

molecular mass is 5398.9 g/mol

ブレビルチド酢酸塩;

APROVED 2020/7/31, EU, Hepcludex

MYR GmbH

Antiviral, Entry inhibitor
  Disease
Hepatitis delta virus infection

Bulevirtide is a 47-amino acid peptide with a fatty acid, a myristoyl residue, at the N-terminus and an amidated C-terminus. The active substance is available as acetate salt. The counter ion acetate is bound in ionic form to basic groups of the peptide molecule and is present in a non-stoichiometric ratio. The chemical name of bulevirtide is (N-Myristoyl-glycyl-L-threonyl-L-asparaginyl-L-leucyl-L-seryl-L-valyl-Lprolyl-L-asparaginyl-L-prolyl-L-leucyl-glycyl-L-phenylalanyl-L-phenylalanyl-L-prolyl-L-aspartyl-L-histidyl-Lglutaminyl-L-leucyl-L-aspartyl-L-prolyl-L-alanyl-L-phenylalanyl-glycyl-L-alanyl-L-asparaginyl-L-seryl-Lasparaginyl-L-asparaginyl-Lprolyl-L-aspartyl-L-tryptophanyl-L-aspartyl-L-phenylalanyl-L-asparaginyl-L-prolylL-asparaginyl-L-lysyl-L-aspartyl-L-histidyl-L-tryptophanyl-L-prolyl-L-glutamyl-L-alanyl-L-asparaginyl-L-lysylL-valylglycinamide, acetate salt. It corresponds to the molecular formula C248H355N65O72, its relative molecular mass is 5398.9 g/mol

Bulevirtide appears as a white or off-white hygroscopic powder. It is practically insoluble in water and soluble at concentrations of 1 mg/ml in 50% acetic acid and about 7 mg/ml in carbonate buffer solution at pH 8.8, respectively. The structure of the active substance (AS) was elucidated by a combination of infrared spectroscopy (IR), mass spectrometry (MS), amino acid analysis and sequence analysis Other characteristics studied included ultraviolet (UV) spectrum, higher order structure (1D- and 2D- nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR)) and aggregation (Dynamic Light Scattering). Neither tertiary structure nor aggregation states of bulevirtide have been identified. With regard to enantiomeric purity, all amino acids are used in L-configuration except glycine, which is achiral by nature. Two batches of bulevirtide acetate were evaluated for enanatiomeric purity and no relevant change in configuration during synthesis was detected.

Bulevirtide is manufactured by a single manufacturer. It is a chemically synthesised linear peptide containing only naturally occurring amino acids. The manufacturing of this peptide is achieved using standard solidphase peptide synthesis (SPPS) on a 4-methylbenzhydrylamine resin (MBHA resin) derivatised with Rink amide linker in order to obtain a crude peptide mixture. This crude mixture is purified through a series of washing and preparative chromatography steps. Finally, the purified peptide is freeze-dried prior to final packaging and storage. The process involves further four main steps: synthesis of the protected peptide on the resin while side-chain functional groups are protected as applicable; cleavage of the peptide from the resin, together with the removal of the side chain protecting groups to obtain the crude peptide; purification; and lyophilisation. Two chromatographic systems are used for purification. No design space is claimed. Resin, Linker Fmoc protected amino acids and myristic acid are starting materials in line with ICH Q11. Sufficient information is provided on the source and the synthetic route of the starting materials. The active substance is obtained as a nonsterile, lyophilised powder. All critical steps and parameters were presented and clearly indicated in the description of the manufacturing process. The process description includes also sufficient information on the type of equipment for the SPPS, in-process controls (IPCs). The circumstances under which reprocessing might be performed were clearly presented. No holding times are proposed. Overall the process is sufficiently described.

The finished product is a white to off white lyophilised powder for solution for injection supplied in single-use vials. Each vial contains bulevirtide acetate equivalent to 2 mg bulevirtide. The composition of the finished product was presented. The powder is intended to be dissolved in 1 ml of water for injection per vial. After reconstitution the concentration of bulevirtide net peptide solution in the vial is 2 mg/ml. The components of the formulation were selected by literature review and knowledge of compositions of similar products available on the market at that time, containing HCl, water, mannitol, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate and sodium hydroxide. All excipients are normally used in the manufacture of lyophilisates. The quality of the excipients complies with their respective Ph. Eur monographs. The intrinsic properties of the active substance and the compounding formulation do not support microbiological growth as demonstrated by the stability data. No additional preservatives are therefore needed.

https://www.ema.europa.eu/en/documents/assessment-report/hepcludex-epar-public-assessment-report_en.pdf

Hepcludex is an antiviral medicine used to treat chronic (long-term) hepatitis delta virus (HDV) infection in adults with compensated liver disease (when the liver is damaged but is still able to work), when the presence of viral RNA (genetic material) has been confirmed by blood tests.

HDV is an ‘incomplete’ virus, because it cannot replicate in cells without the help of another virus, the hepatitis B virus. Because of this, patients infected with the virus always also have hepatitis B.

HDV infection is rare, and Hepcludex was designated an ‘orphan medicine’ (a medicine used in rare diseases) on 19 June 2015. For further information on the orphan designation, see EU/3/15/1500.

Hepcludex contains the active substance bulevirtide.

Bulevirtide, sold under the brand name Hepcludex, is an antiviral medication for the treatment of chronic hepatitis D (in the presence of hepatitis B).[2]

The most common side effects include raised levels of bile salts in the blood and reactions at the site of injection.[2]

Bulevirtide works by attaching to and blocking a receptor (target) through which the hepatitis delta and hepatitis B viruses enter liver cells.[2] By blocking the entry of the virus into the cells, it limits the ability of HDV to replicate and its effects in the body, reducing symptoms of the disease.[2]

Bulevirtide was approved for medical use in the European Union in July 2020.[2]

Medical uses

Bulevirtide is indicated for the treatment of chronic hepatitis delta virus (HDV) infection in plasma (or serum) HDV-RNA positive adult patients with compensated liver disease.[2][3]

Pharmacology

Mechanism of action

Bulevirtide binds and inactivates the sodium/bile acid cotransporter, blocking both viruses from entering hepatocytes.[4]

The hepatitis B virus uses its surface lipopeptide pre-S1 for docking to mature liver cells via their sodium/bile acid cotransporter (NTCP) and subsequently entering the cells. Myrcludex B is a synthetic N-acylated pre-S1[5][6] that can also dock to NTCP, blocking the virus’s entry mechanism.[7]

The drug is also effective against hepatitis D because the hepatitis D virus is only infective in the presence of a hepatitis B virus infection.[7]

References

  1. ^ Deterding, K.; Wedemeyer, H. (2019). “Beyond Pegylated Interferon-Alpha: New Treatments for Hepatitis Delta”. Aids Reviews21 (3): 126–134. doi:10.24875/AIDSRev.19000080PMID 31532397.
  2. Jump up to:a b c d e f g “Hepcludex EPAR”European Medicines Agency (EMA). 26 May 2020. Retrieved 12 August 2020. Text was copied from this source which is © European Medicines Agency. Reproduction is authorized provided the source is acknowledged.
  3. ^ “Summary of opinion: Hepcludex” (PDF)European Medicines Agency. 28 May 2020.
  4. ^ Francisco, Estela Miranda (29 May 2020). “Hepcludex”European Medicines Agency. Retrieved 6 August 2020.
  5. ^ Volz T, Allweiss L, Ben MBarek M, Warlich M, Lohse AW, Pollok JM, et al. (May 2013). “The entry inhibitor Myrcludex-B efficiently blocks intrahepatic virus spreading in humanized mice previously infected with hepatitis B virus”. Journal of Hepatology58 (5): 861–7. doi:10.1016/j.jhep.2012.12.008PMID 23246506.
  6. ^ Abbas Z, Abbas M (August 2015). “Management of hepatitis delta: Need for novel therapeutic options”World Journal of Gastroenterology21 (32): 9461–5. doi:10.3748/wjg.v21.i32.9461PMC 4548107PMID 26327754.
  7. Jump up to:a b Spreitzer H (14 September 2015). “Neue Wirkstoffe – Myrcludex B”. Österreichische Apothekerzeitung (in German) (19/2015): 12.

External links

Bulevirtide
Clinical data
Trade names Hepcludex
Other names MyrB, Myrcludex-B[1]
License data
Routes of
administration
Subcutaneous injection
ATC code
  • None
Legal status
Legal status
  • EU: Rx-only [2]
Identifiers
CAS Number
DrugBank
UNII
KEGG
ChEMBL

/////////Bulevirtide acetate, ブレビルチド酢酸塩 , orphan designation, MYR GmbH, PEPTIDE, EU 2020, 2020 APPROVALS

Abametapir アバメタピル , абаметапир , أباميتابير , 阿巴甲吡 ,

$
0
0

Abametapir skeletal.svg

Abametapir

アバアバメタピル , абаметапир , أباميتابير 阿巴甲吡 ,

5,5′-dimethyl-2,2′-bipyridine, 6,6′-Bi-3-picoline

  • BRN 0123183
  • HA 44
  • HA-44
  • HA44
Formula
C12H12N2
CAS
1762-34-1
Mol weight
184.2371

Xeglyze, FD APPROVED 24/7/2020

Pediculicide, Metalloproteinase inhibitor
  Disease
Head lice infestation
  • Originator Hatchtech
  • DeveloperDr Reddys Laboratories; Hatchtech
  • ClassAntiparasitics; Heterocyclic compounds; Pyridines; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of ActionChelating agents; Metalloprotease inhibitors
  • Registered Pediculosis
  • 27 Jul 2020Registered for Pediculosis (In adolescents, In children, In infants, In adults) in USA (Topical)
  • 18 Jun 2020FDA assigns PDUFA action date of 12/08/2020 for Abametapir for Pediculosis (Dr Reddy’s Laboratories website, June 2020)
  • 31 Mar 2019Abametapir is still in preregistration phase for Pediculosis in USA

Abametapir is a novel pediculicidal metalloproteinase inhibitor used to treat infestations of head lice.4 The life cycle of head lice (Pediculus capitis) is approximately 30 days, seven to twelve of which are spent as eggs laid on hair shafts near the scalp.2 Topical pediculicides generally lack adequate ovicidal activity,2 including standard-of-care treatments such as permethrin, and many require a second administration 7-10 days following the first to kill newly hatched lice that resisted the initial treatment. The necessity for follow-up treatment may lead to challenges with patient adherence, and resistance to agents like permethrin and pyrethrins/piperonyl butoxide may be significant in some areas.3

Investigations into novel ovicidal treatments revealed that several metalloproteinase enzymes were critical to the egg hatching and survival of head lice, and these enzymes were therefore identified as a potential therapeutic target.1 Abemetapir is an inhibitor of these metalloproteinase enzymes, and the first topical pediculicide to take advantage of this novel target. The improved ovicidal activity (90-100% in vitro) of abemetapir allows for a single administration, in contrast to many other topical treatments, and its novel and relatively non-specific mechanism may help to curb the development of resistance to this agent.1

Abametapir was first approved for use in the United States under the brand name Xeglyze on July 27, 2020.6

Abametapir, sold under the brand name Xeglyze, is a medication used for the treatment of head lice infestation in people six months of age and older.[1][2]

The most common side effects include skin redness, rash, skin burning sensation, skin inflammation, vomiting, eye irritation, skin itching, and hair color changes.[2]

Abametapir is a metalloproteinase inhibitor.[1] Abametapir was approved for medical use in the United States in July 2020.[1][3]

Medical uses

Abametapir is indicated for the topical treatment of head lice infestation in people six months of age and older.[1][2]

History

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved abametapir based on evidence from two identical clinical trials of 699 participants with head lice.[2] The trials were conducted at fourteen sites in the United States.[2]

The benefit and side effects of abametapir were evaluated in two clinical trials that enrolled participants with head lice who were at least six months old.[2]

About half of all enrolled participants was randomly assigned to abametapir and the other half to placebo.[2] Abametapir lotion or placebo lotion were applied once as a ten-minute treatment to infested hair.[2] The benefit of abametapir in comparison to placebo was assessed after 1, 7 and 14 days by comparing the counts of participants in each group who were free of live lice.[2]

SYN

Ronald Harding, Lewis David Schulz, Vernon Morrison Bowles, “Pediculicidal composition.” WIPO Patent WO2015107384A2, published July, 2015.

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c d e “Xeglyze (abametapir) lotion, for topical use” (PDF)U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories. Inc. Retrieved 25 July 2020.
  2. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i “Drug Trial Snapshot: Xeglyze”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 24 July 2020. Retrieved 6 August 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  3. ^ “Abametapir: FDA-Approved Drugs”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Retrieved 25 July 2020.

Further reading

External links

  • “Abametapir”Drug Information Portal. U.S. National Library of Medicine.
Abametapir
Abametapir skeletal.svg
Clinical data
Trade names Xeglyze
Other names Ha44
AHFS/Drugs.com Professional Drug Facts
License data
Pregnancy
category
  • US: N (Not classified yet)
Routes of
administration
Topical
Drug class PediculicideMetalloproteinase inhibitor
ATC code
  • None
Legal status
Legal status
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEMBL
PDB ligand
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.157.434 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C12H12N2
Molar mass 184.242 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

///////Abametapir, 2020 APPROVALS, FDA 2020, Xeglyze, アバメタピル , абаметапир , أباميتابير 阿巴甲吡 , BRN 0123183, HA 44, head lice

CC1=CC=C(N=C1)C1=CC=C(C)C=N1

Tetrahydrobiopterin,

$
0
0

Kuvan (Saproterin Dihydrochloride Tablets): Uses, Dosage, Side Effects, Interactions, Warning

Sapropterin

Sapropterin dihydrochloride, Dapropterin dihydrochloride, R-THBP, 6R-BH4, SUN-0588, Phenoptin, Biopten, Biobuden, Bipten

Approval:US: Dec’07, EU: Dec’08

Approval:US: Dec’07, EU: Dec’08

IUPAC Name

(6R)-2-amino-6-[(1R,2S)-1,2-dihydroxypropyl]-3,4,5,6,7,8-hexahydropteridin-4-one

SMILES

[H][C@@]1(CNC2=C(N1)C(=O)NC(N)=N2)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O
сапроптерин [Russian] [INN]
سابروبتيرين [INN]
沙丙蝶呤 [Chinese] [INN]
  • 17528-72-2
  • 27070-47-9
  • Sun 0588
  • 6R-BH4
  • R-THBP
  • Sapropterin
  • Sapropterina
  • sapropterinum
  • Tetrahydrobiopterin
Title: Sapropterin
CAS Registry Number: 62989-33-7
CAS Name: (6R)-2-Amino-6-[(1R,2S)-1,2-dihydroxypropyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4(1H)-pteridinone
Additional Names: (6R)-L-erythro-tetrahydrobiopterin; dapropterin; R-THBP; 6R-BH4
Molecular Formula: C9H15N5O3
Molecular Weight: 241.25
Percent Composition: C 44.81%, H 6.27%, N 29.03%, O 19.90%
Literature References: Natural cofactor of the aromatic amino acid hydroxylases required for catecholamine and serotonin biosynthesis. Identification of cofactor activity: S. Kaufman, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 50, 1085 (1963). Prepn of (6R,S)-BH4: B. Schircks et al., Helv. Chim. Acta 61, 2731 (1978). Chromatographic separation of diastereoisomers: S. W. Bailey, J. E. Ayling, J. Biol. Chem. 253, 1598 (1978). Absolute configuration of natural isomer: W. L. F. Armarego et al., Aust. J. Chem. 35, 785 (1982). Stereospecific synthesis: S. Matsuura et al., Heterocycles 23, 3115 (1985); H. Sakai, T. Kanai, EP 191335eidem, US 4713454 (1986, 1987 both to Shiratori; Suntory). Bioavailability: G. Kapatos, S. Kaufman, Science 212, 955 (1981). Effect on neurotransmitter monoamine biosynthesis: S. Miwa et al., Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 239, 234 (1985). LC determn in biological samples: Y. Tani, T. Ishihara, Life Sci. 46, 373 (1990). Therapeutic potential in hyperphenylalaninemia: S. Kaufman, J. Nutr. Sci. Vitaminol, Suppl., 601 (1992).
Properties: pK¢ 5.05. uv max (0.1 N HCl): 265 nm (e 14000).
pKa: pK¢ 5.05
Absorption maximum: uv max (0.1 N HCl): 265 nm (e 14000)
Derivative Type: Dihydrochloride
CAS Registry Number: 69056-38-8
Manufacturers’ Codes: SUN-0588
Trademarks: Biopten (Maruho)
Molecular Formula: C9H15N5O3.2HCl
Molecular Weight: 314.17
Percent Composition: C 34.41%, H 5.45%, N 22.29%, O 15.28%, Cl 22.57%
Properties: Crystals from HCl, mp 245-246° (dec). [a]D25 -6.81° (c = 0.665 in 0.1 M HCl). uv max (2 M HCl): 264 nm (e 16770).
Melting point: mp 245-246° (dec)
Optical Rotation: [a]D25 -6.81° (c = 0.665 in 0.1 M HCl)
Absorption maximum: uv max (2 M HCl): 264 nm (e 16770)
Therap-Cat: In treatment of hyperphenylalaninemia.
Keywords: Enzyme Cofactor
INGREDIENT UNII CAS INCHI KEY
Sapropterin dihydrochloride RG277LF5B3 69056-38-8 RKSUYBCOVNCALL-NTVURLEBSA-N

Experimental Properties

PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE
melting point (°C) 250-255 °C (hydrochloride salt) Not Available
water solubility >20 mg/mL (dichloride salt) Not Available
logP -1.7 Not Available

Tetrahydrobiopterin (BH4THB), also known as sapropterin (INN),[2][3] is a cofactor of the three aromatic amino acid hydroxylase enzymes,[4] used in the degradation of amino acid phenylalanine and in the biosynthesis of the neurotransmitters serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine, 5-HT), melatonindopaminenorepinephrine (noradrenaline), epinephrine (adrenaline), and is a cofactor for the production of nitric oxide (NO) by the nitric oxide syntheses.[5] Chemically, its structure is that of a (dihydropteridine reductase) reduced pteridine derivative (Quinonoid dihydrobiopterin).[6]

Medical use

Tetrahydrobiopterin is available as a tablet for oral administration in the form of sapropterin dihydrochloride (BH4*2HCL).[7][8][9] It was approved for use in the United States as a tablet in December 2007[10][11] and as a powder in December 2013.[12][11] It was approved for use in the European Union in December 2008,[9] Canada in April 2010,[11] and Japan in July 2008.[11] It is sold under the brand names Kuvan and Biopten.[9][8][11] The typical cost of treating a patient with Kuvan is US$100,000 per year.[13] BioMarin holds the patent for Kuvan until at least 2024, but Par Pharmaceutical has a right to produce a generic version by 2020.[14]

Sapropterin is indicated in tetrahydrobiopterin deficiency caused by GTP cyclohydrolase I (GTPCH) deficiency, or 6-pyruvoyltetrahydropterin synthase (PTPS) deficiency.[15] Also, BH4*2HCL is FDA approved for use in phenylketonuria (PKU), along with dietary measures.[16] However, most people with PKU have little or no benefit from BH4*2HCL.[17]

Sapropterin (tetrahydrobiopterin or BH4) is a cofactor in the synthesis of nitric oxide. It is also essential in the conversion of phenylalanine to tyrosine by the enzyme phenylalanine-4-hydroxylase; the conversion of tyrosine to L-dopa by the enzyme tyrosine hydroxylase; and conversion of tryptophan to 5-hydroxytryptophan via tryptophan hydroxylase.

Sapropterin commonly known as tetrahydrobiopterin (THB or BH4) developed by BioMarin and marketed as Sapropterin dihydrochloride under the brand name of KUVAN®. It is indicated for the treatment of phenylketonuria (PKU) and tetrahydrobiopterin deficiencies. Sapropterin dihydrochloride is chemically known as (6R)-2-amino-6-[(lR, 2S)-1, 2- dihydroxypropyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4(lH)-pteridinone dihydrochloride and structurally represented as below.

Figure imgf000002_0001

Sapropterin dihydrochloride

Due to its vital role in the conversion of L-tyrosine into L-DOPA, which is the precursor for dopamine, a deficiency in tetrahydrobiopterin can cause severe neurological disorders unrelated to toxic build-up of L-phenylalanine; dopamine is a crucial neurotransmitter, and is the precursor of norepinephrine and epinephrine. Thus, a deficiency of tetrahydrobiopterin can result in phenylketonuria (PKU) from L-phenylalanine concentrations or hyperphenylalaninemia (HP A), as well as monoamine and nitric oxide neurotransmitter deficiency or chemical imbalance. The chronic presence of PKU can result in severe brain damage, including symptoms of mental retardation, speech impediments like stuttering, slurring, seizures or convulsions and behavioural abnormalities.

In an article published in Bio Chem J 347 (1): 1-16, tetrahydrobiopterin is reported to be biosynthesized from guanosine triphosphate (GTP) by three chemical reactions mediated by the enzymes GTP cyclohydrolase I (GTPCH), 6-pyruvoyltetrahydropterin synthase (PTPS), and sepiapterin reductase (SR).

Preparation of Sapropterin is reported with a mixture of R & S isomers in Helv. Chim. Acta, 60, 1977, 211-214, by catalytic reduction of L-biopterin of formula (2). Similar process with slight modifications is also published in Hel. Chim. Acta, 61, 1978, 2731- 2738.

Figure imgf000003_0001

(2)

In another publication reported in Helv. Chim. Acta, 62, 1979, 2577-2580, separation of the diastereomers (6R) and (6S)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-L-biopterin is reported by fractional crystallization of corresponding tetraacetyl derivative followed by hydrolysis using aq. HC1.

In another process published in Heterocycles, 23(12), 1985, 3115-3120, Sapropterin dihydrochloride of formula (1) is prepared by catalytic hydrogenation of L- biopterin of formula (2) in the presence of Pt02 under latm hydrogen pressure in 0.1 M potassium phosphate buffer at pH 11.8 for 18hr followed by filtration and recrystallization from 8M HC1. With slight modifications in the above reaction conditions like using platinum black, aq. base solutions like tetraethylammonium hydroxide or triethylamine etc. under 100 Kg/cm2 hydrogen pressure / 0° C / pH 12.0 / 1000 rpm / 20h/3N HCl-EtOH with 85% yield is disclosed in US4713454. In another process disclosed in US4595752, L-biopterin of formula (2) is catalytically reduced in the presence of platinum oxide in aq. base / acid solutions like (10% aq. potassium carbonate, aq. sodium carbonate, aq. potassium acetate and 0.1 N aq. HCl) under bubbling of hydrogen gas for 5-30hr at room temperature followed by filtration and isolated as HCl salt of formula (1) using aq. HCl and ethanol to obtain Sapropterin dihydrochloride.

In another approach disclosed in WO2005049614, racemic isomers of Sapropterin dihydrochloride are prepared from L-neopterin.

In another process disclosed in WO2009088979, the diacetyl biopterin is hydrolysed in the presence of aq. diethyl amine-n-butanol mixture at 40°C for 16hr at pH >11.5 followed by hydrogenation in the presence of platinum black using 50 bar hydrogen pressure at 25 °C. Product of formula (1) isolated as HCl salt from ethanol or butanol.

In another process disclosed in US20130197222, Sapropterin dihydrochloride of formula (1) is prepared starting from condensation of crotonoic acid.

The process for preparation of key intermediate, L-biopterin of formula (2) is cited in the following references.

In an article published in J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1955, 77, 3167-3168, L-biopterin of formula (2) is reported to be first isolated from human urine. The melting point reported to be 250-280°C. In another article published in J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1956, 78, 5868-5871, L-biopterin of formula (2) is prepared starting from L-rhamnose. A slight modification in the reaction conditions mentioned above is disclosed in US3505329.

In the article published in Helv. Chim. Acta, 1969, 52, 1225-1228, L-biopterin of formula (2) along with 7-biopterin is synthesized by condensing 2, 4, 5-triamino-6-oxo-l, 6-dihydropyrimidine dihydrochloride with (1 -benzyl- l-phenyl-hydrazino)-5-desoxy-L- ribulose followed by oxidation of the tetrahydro derivative.

Later in the year 1974, in an article, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1974, 96, 6781-6782, L-biopterin is reported to be prepared starting from L-rhamnose. In another approach published in Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 1975, 48(12), 3767-3768, L- biopterin of formula (2) is prepared from 2, 4, 5-triamino-6-hydroxypyrimidine dihydrochloride is reacted with hydrazone derivative in aq. methanol at reflux temperature.

In another process disclosed in US5043446 (1989), L-biopterin process is claimed to be synthesized starting from D-ribose. Similar approach with slight variations in the process, later published in Liebigs Ann. Chem., 1989, 1267-1269.

In another approach published in Agric. Biol. Chem., 1989, 53, 2095-2100, L-biopterin is synthesized starting from (S)-ethyl lactate. Prior to this publication the methodology is claimed by the same authors in JP01-221380 (1989).

In another approach disclosed in US5037981 (1990), L-biopterin is synthesized from 2- methylfuran.

In the article, Synthesis, 1992, 303-308, L-biopterin is synthesized from (4S)-4(3P- Acetoxy-5-androsten-17P-ylcarbonyloxy)-2-pentynol.

In the approach published in J. Org. Chem., 1996, 61, 8698-8700, L-biopterin is synthesized from L-tartaric acid.

In the patent US7361759 (2005), L-biopterin of formula (2) is made from L-rhamnose diethyl mercaptal.

US 20120157671 application discloses the preparation of compound of formula (4a) is by reacting D-ribose of formula (3) with acetone in the presence of sulphuric acid at room temperature followed by neutralization with sodium carbonate and concentrated under vacuum.

Sapropterin | Nature Reviews Drug Discovery

Pharmaceutics 12 00323 g004 550

https://www.mdpi.com/1999-4923/12/4/323/htm

Synthesis Reference

Steven S. Gross, “Blocking utilization of tetrahydrobiopterin to block induction of nitric oxide synthesis.” U.S. Patent US5502050, issued October, 1984.

US5502050

SYN

SYN

Synthetic Reference

Hong, Hao; Gage, James; Chen, Chaoyong; Lu, Jiangping; Zhou, Yan; Liu, Shuangyong. Method for synthesizing sapropterin dihydrochloride. Assignee Asymchem Laboratories (Tianjin) Co., Ltd., Peop. Rep. China; Asymchem Life Science (Tianjin) Co., Ltd.; Tianjin Asymchem Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.; Asymchem Laboratories (Fuxin) Co., Ltd.; Jilin Asymchem Laboratories Co., Ltd. WO 2013152609. (2013).

syn 1

EP 0191335. Aust J Chem 1984,37(2),355-66, Chem Lett 1984,5(5),735-8

Helv Chim Acta 1979,62(8),2577-80

This compound can be prepared in two related ways: 1) The catalytic hydrogenation of biopterin (I) with H2 over PtO2 aqueous K2HPO4 at pH 11.4 or aq. (Et)4NOH at pH 12 yields a solution which is acidified with HCl. After evaporation, the residue is crystallized in ethanol – HCl. 2) The acetylation of biopterin (I) with refluxing acetic anhydride gives the triacetyl derivative (II), which is hydrogenated with H2 over PtO2 in trifluoroacetic acid, yielding the (6RS)-mixture of triacetyl derivatives (III). Acetylation of (III) with refluxing acetic anhydride affords the tetracetyl (6RS)-derivative (IV), which by fractional crystallization or column chromatography of the dihydrochloride in methanol gives the desired compound as pure (6R)-isomer.

PATENT

https://patents.google.com/patent/WO2016189542A1/en

formula 1).

Figure imgf000015_0004

The present invention is shown in below scheme- 1

Figure imgf000016_0001

Experimental Section: Example-1: Preparation of (6R)-2-amino-6-[(lR, 2S)-1, 2-dihydroxypropyl]-5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-4(lH)-pteridinone dihydrochloride of formula (1):

Step (i): Preparation of 2, 3-O-isopropylidene-D-ribose of formula (4a)

Into a 5L, 4 necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a thermometer socket, and a condenser, were charged acetone (3.0 L), D-ribose (300.0 gm, 2.0 mole) and p-toluene sulfonic acid (11.5 gm). The solution was stirred and maintained at 20-25°C for 2.5-3.0hrs. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was neutralized with aq. base solution and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated to dryness to get 375.0 gm (98.8% by theory) of 2, 3-O-isopropylidene-D-ribose of formula (4a) as light brown colour oily residue. Purity: >95% by GC. Step (ii): Preparation of l-deoxy-3, 4-O-isopropylidene-D-allitol of formula (5a)

Into a 5L, 4 necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a thermometer socket, and a condenser, was charged, 2.0L, 3M methyl magnesium chloride and cooled to 10° C. To this stirred solution, a solution of 200gm of 2,3-0- isopropylidene-D-ribose of formula (4a) dissolved in 200 mL tetrahydrofuran was added. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with ammonium chloride, extracted with ethyl acetate and separated. The solvent was evaporated to dryness under vacuum to get 185gm of l-deoxy-3, 4-O-isopropylidene-D-allitol of formula (5a) as dark brown colour oily residue. The crude product was purified by crystallization from ethyl acetate/hexane mixture to get 130g (60% by theory) as white crystalline solid. Purity: >98% by GC.

JR (λ Cm-1, KBr disc): 3317.64, 2993.69-2976.90, 2926.08, 2873.26 (m) -CH3, 1074.35; 1 HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, EDl®j&¾ : (H2¾H3, J=6.8Hz, 3H),

1.148 (s, CH3, 3H), 1.290 (s,CH3), 3.415-3.357 (m, CH, 1H), 3.652-3.571 (m, CH2, 2H), 3.812-3.803 (d, 2 X CH, 2H), 4.00-3.969 (q, CH, 1H), 4.504-4.476 (t, ΟΗ, ΙΗ), 4.504- 4.476 (d, OH, 1H), 5.381-5.371 (d, OH, 1H): 13 CNMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6, □ (ppm): 20.59, 25.35, 27.73, 63.18, 64.61 , 69.77, 76.82, 81.40, 107.31 ; Mass: 206.42 [M], 205.41 [M-l]. DSC (° C): 77.58° C Step (iii): Preparation of 5-deoxy-2, 3-O-isopropylidene-D-ribose of formula (6a)

Into a 5L 4 necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a thermometer socket, and a condenser, were charged, 1.6 L of water and 270 gm of sodium meta periodate. The solution was cooled to 10-20°C. To the stirred solution, a solution of 200 gm of l-deoxy-3, 4-O-isopropylidene-D-allitol of formula (5a) dissolved in 1.4 L of isopropyl ether at 25°C. After addition, the reaction mixture was maintained at 25-30° C for l-2h. After completion of reaction, the layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with water, aq. sodium bicarbonate and separated. The excess solvent was removed by distillation under vacuum to get 145 gm (85.4% by theory) of 5- deoxy-2, 3-O-isopropylidene-D-ribose of formula (6a) as yellow oil. Purity: >98% by GC.

Step (iv & v): Preparation of 5-deoxy-L-ribose phenyl hydrazone of formula (8) a) Step (iv): Preparation of 5-deoxy-L-ribose of formula (7)

Into a 2L 4 necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a thermometer socket, and a condenser, were charged 600ml of water and 200gm of 5- deoxy-2, 3-O-isopropylidene-D-ribose of formula (6a). To the stirred reaction mixture, 180gm of resin was charged and stirred for 8-10 h at 10-15° C. After completion of reaction, the resin was recovered and the filtrate was clarified by activated charcoal and filtered. The filtrate was distilled off under vacuum and the resulting 5-deoxy-L-ribose of formula (7) present water was directly used in the next step without further isolation and purification. The purity of 5-deoxy-L-ribose of formula (7) present in water was above 95% by TLC.

b) Step (v): Preparation of 5-deoxy-L-ribose phenyl hydrazone of formula (8)

Into a 2L 4 necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a thermometer socket, and a condenser, were charged the above aq. solution of 5-deoxy-L- ribose of formula (7), 5.0 mL of acetic acid. To the stirred solution, 125g of phenyl hydrazine was charged and stirred the reaction mixture for l-2h at 25-35° C. After completion of reaction, the reaction product was filtered and washed with isopropyl ether. The wet product was dried to get 190g (73.9% by theory) of 5-deoxy-L-ribose phenyl hydrazone of formula (8) as yellow colour crystalline powder. Purity: >99.0% by HPLC. Step (VI toX): Preparation of L-erythro-biopterin of formula (2)

a) Step (vi): Preparation of triacetoxy-5-deoxy-L-ribose phenylhydrazone of formula (9)

Into a 10L 4 necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a thermometer socket, and a guard tube, were charged 5L of ethyl acetate, 500g of 5- deoxy-L-ribose phenyl hydrazone of formula (8) and 54gm of 4-dimethylaminopyridine. The reaction mixture was cooled to 25-30° C and was added 730gm of acetic anhydride drop wise. The reaction mixture was maintained under stirring for 2-3h. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was washed with water, aq. sodium carbonate and water, and separated. The organic layer was used in the next stage without further isolation and purification.

b) Step (vii): Preparation of 1,2-diacetyl-biopterin of formula (10)

Into a 20L 4 necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a thermometer socket, addition funnel, and a condenser, were charged, the above organic layer containing triacetoxy-5-deoxy-phenyl hydrazone of formula (9) obtained in step (vi), 3.0 L methanol and 4-hydroxy-2,5,6-triaminopyrimidine base (generated from 600 gm of corresponding sulphate salt) and salt (generated from 350 gm of tetra butyl ammonium bromide and 154g of 70% perchloric acid) and 5.3L water under stirring and heated and maintained at 35-40°C for 6-8h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 20- 25°C and added 1.0 Kg 35% aq. hydrogen peroxide drop wise. The reaction mixture was maintained for 36-40h under stirring at 25-30°C and resulting product was filtered under suction. The wet product was washed with water and utilized in the next step without further purification.

c) Step (viii): Preparation oi -erythro biopterin of formula (2)

Into a 10L 4-necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, condenser, thermometer socket, and addition funnel, were charged 1.35 L of aq. potassium hydroxide and the above wet product obtained from step (vii). The reaction mixture was heated to 45-50° C and maintained form 2-3h and filtered. The pH of the filtrate was adjusted to neutral and the resulting product was filtered and dried to get 205 g of crude L-erythro-biopterin of formula (2) as dark brown solid. Purity: >90% by HPLC

d) Step (ix): Preparation of potassium salt oi -erythro biopterin of formula (11a) Into a 10L 4 necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, thermometer socket, and a glass stopper, were charged 650 mL water followed by HOg of potassium hydroxide and dissolved under stirring. The potassium hydroxide solution was cooled to 25-30° C and the above crude L-erythro-biopterin of formula (2) was charged under stirring. The resulting solution was then clarified using activated carbon and filtered. The potassium salt was regenerated from the solution by the addition of 8.5L of isopropyl alcohol. The resulting salt was filtered and washed with isopropyl alcohol. The wet product of formula (11a) was utilized in the next step without further purification.

e) Step (x): Preparation of pure L-er thro biopterin of formula (2) from potassium salt of L-erythro biopterin of formula (2)

Into a 5L 4 necked round-bottomed flask equipped with mechanical stirrer, thermometer socket, and addition funnel, were charged 3.2 L of water and the above wet potassium salt of formula (11a). The reaction mixture was stirred to dissolve completely. The resulting solution was clarified using activated carbon and filtered. The pH of the filtrate was adjusted to 6.0-7.0 to get pure L-erythro-biopterin of formula (2). The product was filtered and washed with water followed by isopropyl alcohol followed by isopropyl ether to get 130g of highly pure L-erythro biopterin of formula (2) with > 98% HPLC purity Appearance: pale brown coloured solid.

1H NMR (3N DC1) 5(ppm): 1.569-1.585(d, 3H), 4.596-4.657(p, 1H), 5.325-5.337(d, 1H), 9.355(s, 1H); Mass: 238.29(M+1), 239.22(M+2).

Step (xi): Preparation of Sapropterin dihydrochloride of formula (1)

Into a 5L 4 necked round-bottomed flask equipped with mechanical stirrer, and thermometer socket, were charged 1.8L of water, 250g of L-erythro-biopterin of formula (2) followed by 800mL of 20% aq. potassium carbonate solution under stirring. The solution was then added 90g of platinum oxide catalyst. The reaction mixture was then transferred into an autoclave and pressurized with 40 bar hydrogen gas and hydrogenated at room temperature for 24-30h under stirring. After completion of reaction, the catalyst was filtered off and the pH of the filtrate was acidified with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The water was evaporated under vacuum and the resulting crude Sapropterin dihydrochloride of formula (1) was isolated as pale yellow colour solid by addition of isopropanol/l-pentanol mixture. The product was dried in a vacuum oven to get 250g of crude Sapropterin dihydrochloride of formula (1). Step (xii): Purification of Sapropterin dihydrochloride of formula (1)

Into a 2L 4 necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, thermometer socket, and reflux condenser, were charged 1L water and 250g of Sapropterin dihydrochloride of formula (1). The contents were stirred to dissolve completely. The clear solution was treated with activated charcoal and filtered. The filtrate was distilled off completely under vacuum to afford pale yellow solid. The product was isolated from isopropanol/l-pentanol mixture to get 225.0 g (90%) pure Sapropterin dihydrochloride of formula (1) as pale yellow to off-white solid. HPLC purity is >99.9%.

Example 2: Preparation of triacetoxy-5-deoxy-L-ribose phenylhydrazone of formula

(9)

Into a 10L 4 necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a thermometer socket, and a guard tube, were charged 50mL of ethyl acetate, 5.0g of 5- deoxy-L-ribose phenyl hydrazone of formula (8) and 0.54g of N, N-dimethylamino pyridine. The reaction mixture was cooled to 15-20°C and was added 7.2gm of acetic anhydride drop wise. The reaction mixture was maintained under stirring for 6-8h. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was washed with water, aq. sodium carbonate and water, and separated. The organic layer was distilled under reduced pressure and product was isolated from n-hexane to get 6.2g of triacetoxy-5 -deoxy-L- ribose phenylhydrazone of formula (9) 79.4% yield.

Appearance: Orange coloured solid.

Melting point: 70-75 °C.

1HNMR (CDC13): 1.275-1.29 l(d, 3H), 2.039(s, 3H), 2.085-2.095(d, 6H), 5.083-5.144(m, 1H), 5.390-5.416(t, 1H), 5.589-5.619(t, 1H), 6.849-6.886(t, 1H), 6.922-6.937(t, 1H), 6.966-6.987(d, 2H), 7.221-7.242(d, 2H), 7.563(s, 1H(D20 exchangeable).

13CNMR (CDC13): 15.325, 20.816-21.053, 68.482, 71.717, 73.043, 112.759, 120.510, 129.212, 132.105, 144.049, 169.496, 169.948. Example 3: Preparation of potassium salt of L-erythro biopterin of formula (11)

Into a 1.0L 4 necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, thermometer socket, and a glass stopper, were charged 75 mL water followed by 3.7g of potassium hydroxide and dissolved under stirring. The potassium hydroxide solution was cooled to 25-30° C and 15.0g of crude L-erythro-biopterin of formula (2) was charged under stirring. The resulting solution was then clarified using activated carbon and filtered. The potassium salt was regenerated from the solution by the addition of 500mL of ethanol. The resulting salt was filtered and washed with ethanol and dried to get 9.1g of potassium salt of L-erythro biopterin of formula (11) with 52.3% yield. HPLC <98% Appearance: Brown coloured solid.

1H NMR (D20): 1.187-1.203(d, 3H), 4.158-4.220(p, 1H), 4.731-4.745(d, 1H), 8.623(s, 1H).

13C NMR (D20): 18.198, 70.645, 76.703, 128.811, 147.875, 149.410, 156.504, 164.774, 173.731.

Mass: 276.23(M+1), 277.21(M+2), 238.29(M-K+1); DSC (° C): 313.12°

Example 4: Preparation of Sapropterin dihydrochloride of formula (1)

Into a 5L 4 necked round-bottomed flask equipped with mechanical stirrer, and thermometer socket, were charged 1.8L of water, 250g of L-erythro-biopterin of formula (2) followed by 800ml of 20% aq. potassium hydroxide solution under stirring. The solution was then added 90gm of platinum oxide catalyst. The reaction mixture was then transferred into an autoclave and pressurized with 50 bar hydrogen gas and hydrogenated at room temperature for 24-30h under stirring. After completion of reaction, the catalyst was recovered by filtration and the filtrate was acidified with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The water was evaporated under vacuum and the resulting crude Sapropterin dihydrochloride of formula (1) was isolated as pale yellow colour solid by addition of ethanol- 1 -pentanol mixture. The product was dried in a vacuum oven to get 250g of crude Sapropterin dihydrochloride of formula (1). Example 5: Purification of Sapropterin dihydrochloride of formula (1)

Into a 2L 4 necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, thermometer socket, and reflux condenser, were charged 1L water and 250g of Sapropterin dihydrochloride of formula (1). The contents were stirred to dissolve completely and the clear solution was treated with activated charcoal and filtered. The filtrate was distilled off completely under vacuum to afford pale yellow solid. The product 225.0 g (90%) was isolated ethanol- 1 -pentanol mixture as pure Sapropterin dihydrochloride of formula (1) as pale yellow to off-white solid. HPLC purity is >99.9%.

syn

str1 str2

str1 str2 str3

PATENT

https://patents.google.com/patent/WO2016101211A1/en

was developed by Merck and was launched in the United States and the European Union in 2007 and 2008 under the trade name Kuvan. This product can be used to treat hyperphenylalaninemia (HPA) caused by tetrahydrobiopterin (BH4) deficiency. The structure is as follows:

Figure PCTCN2014094961-appb-000001

The chemical name is: (6R)-2-amino-6-[(1R,2S)-1,2-dihydroxypropyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4(1H)-fluorenone Dihydrochloride.

The oxaprozin hydrochloride can be obtained by hydrogenation of L-erythrobiopterin. The literature Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1989, 1267-1269 reports the preparation of L-erythrobiopterin starting from L-ribose. The preparation route is as follows:

Figure PCTCN2014094961-appb-000002

Although the method is simple and easy to perform, it is a better preparation route, but the disadvantage is that the starting material L-ribose price is higher, thus causing the cost of sapropium hydrochloride to be high.

The literature for the preparation of L-erythrobiopteris is reported by the documents Helv. Chim. Acta, 1985, 1639-1643, US2011218339A, etc. The product of the acetylation reaction of the steroid compound 6 with 2,4,5-triaminopyrimidinone Cyclization in a methanol/water/pyridine system followed by aromatization with an iodine reagent to give an acetylated L- Red-type biopterin, followed by hydrolysis and deacetylation to obtain L-erythrobiopterin. The reaction equation is as follows:

Figure PCTCN2014094961-appb-000003

Among them, compound 6 is used as a key intermediate, and many methods for its preparation are reported. The method reported in J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1974, 6781-6782, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1976, 2301-2307, etc., uses L-rhamnose as a raw material, and reacts with ethanethiol to form a corresponding shrinkage. Sulfuraldehyde, oxidizing thiol to sulfone with an oxidizing agent, removing a carbon under alkaline conditions to obtain 5-deoxy-L-arabinose, and reacting 5-deoxy-L-arabinose with phenylhydrazine to obtain a key intermediate formula 6 . The synthetic route is as follows:

Figure PCTCN2014094961-appb-000004

Although this method has been improved and improved many times, the ethanethiol used has a special malodor and requires the use of a deodorizing device, and its lower boiling point also causes inconvenience to the production.

Document J. Org. Chem. 1996, 8699-8700 reports that L-tartaric acid is used as a starting material, which is protected by hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, reduction, addition, deprotection to obtain 5-deoxy-L-ribose, 5-deoxy- The condensation of L-arabinose with phenylhydrazine gives key intermediates. The synthetic route is as follows:

Figure PCTCN2014094961-appb-000005

The reducing agent used in the route of the acid chloride to reduce the aldehyde is bis(triphenylphosphine) copper borohydride (I), which has a high price and is not favorable for the control of industrialization cost. The reaction temperature of the format reagent with carbonyl addition and lactone reduction is -78 ° C, and the energy consumption in industrial production is high. In addition, the post-treatment of the multi-step reaction uses silica gel column color The spectrum is purified and it is difficult to achieve industrialization. Therefore, this route has great disadvantages in terms of cost and operability in industrial production.

Document CN201010151443.2 reports the use of L-arabinose as a starting material to obtain L-erythrobioptery through a multi-step reaction. The preparation route is as follows:

Figure PCTCN2014094961-appb-000006

In reproducing the preparation method, we have found that the intermediate 2 is directly subjected to reduction and desulfonation reaction to prepare the intermediate 2, which has the disadvantages of low yield, low product purity, and difficulty in purification of the product. Therefore, it is necessary to find a simple, feasible and low-cost preparation route.

 scheme synthetic route includes the following steps:

Figure PCTCN2014094961-appb-000012

Example 1: Preparation of Product 1

To the reaction flask was added 10 L of anhydrous methanol, and 1.5 kg of the starting material L-arabinose was added under mechanical stirring. 250 g of concentrated sulfuric acid was added dropwise under a water bath, and the reaction was stirred for 20-24 hours. The reaction was monitored by TLC, and 350 g of sodium carbonate was added to the reaction system. Stir until pH = 7-8 and filter. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure at 35 ° C to 40 ° C to dryness to yield 1.64 kg of oil, yield -100%.

Example 2: Preparation of product 2

The product 1, 4 L of pyridine and 5 L of acetonitrile were added to the reaction flask and dissolved by mechanical stirring. The mixture was cooled by stirring, and a solution of 1.8 kg of p-toluenesulfonyl 5 L acetonitrile was added dropwise at a temperature of 0 to 5 ° C. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was stirred at room temperature 20-25 ° C for 4 hours. The TLC monitors the reaction.

After concentration, 12 L of ethyl acetate and 5 L of water were added to the concentrated residue, and the layers were stirred. The organic layer was washed with 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid, saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine and dried. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate gave 1.7 kg of pale yellow oil, yield 56.3%.

Example 3: Preparation of product 3

1.2 kg of product 2 was added to a 10 L reaction flask, dissolved with 6 L of methyl ethyl ketone, and 840 g of sodium iodide was added with stirring. After the addition, the temperature was refluxed for 12 hours, and the reaction was completed by TLC. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated. It was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water, and the aqueous layer was evaporated. The combined organic layers were washed with EtOAc EtOAc m.

Example 4: Preparation of product 4

To a 20 L reaction flask was added 900 g of product 3, 332 g of triethylamine dissolved in 9 L of methanol, 45 g of 10% Pd/C, vacuumed, hydrogenated twice, and hydrogenated at a constant temperature of 25-30 ° C for 16 hours. The reaction was completed by TLC, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. 4 L of ethyl acetate was added to the residue to precipitate a white solid. The mixture was stirred at 0 ° C for 30 min, and filtered. The filtrate was added to 2 L of a 0.4 mol/L sulfuric acid solution and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was washed once with 50 mL of ethyl acetate to give an aqueous solution of product 4 (approximately 250 g).

Example 5: Preparation of product 5

The aqueous solution of product 4 was added to the reaction flask, and the reaction was heated at 75 ° C for 3 hours, and the reaction was completed by TLC (DCM: MeOH = 10:1). After cooling to room temperature, it was washed with 100 mL of ethyl acetate, and the aqueous layer was separated to give the product 5, i.e., about 213 g of aqueous solution of 5-deoxy-L-arabinose, which was directly reacted in the next step.

Example 6: Preparation of product 6

To the reaction flask, 2.5 L of ethyl acetate and 170 g of phenylhydrazine were added under nitrogen, and an aqueous solution of the product 5 was added dropwise with stirring at a temperature of 5 to 10 ° C (protected from light). The reaction was kept for 1 hour, and then the temperature was raised to 20-25 ° C for 30 min. The reaction was completed by TLC and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and organic layers were combined. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered.

The ethyl acetate solution of product 6 was added to the reaction flask under nitrogen, and 8 L of petroleum ether was slowly added with stirring. After the addition was completed, the mixture was cooled to -5 – 10 ° C and stirred for 1 hour, and filtered to give a beige solid. Drying under reduced pressure at 30-35 ° C gave a dry product of about 250 g, yield 71.4%.

Example 7: Preparation of product 7

To the reaction flask was added 2.5 L of ethyl acetate and 250 g of product 6. 30 g of DMAP was added with stirring. 400 ml of acetic anhydride was added dropwise at a temperature of 15 ° C, and the reaction was stirred at a temperature of 20-25 ° C for 3 hours. The reaction was monitored by TLC, and a hydrochloric acid solution was added at a temperature of 15 ° C to separate the layers. The organic layer was washed with saturated hydrochloric acid and saturated sodium hydrogen sulfate. The organic phase was separated, dried and filtered to give 371 g, m.

Example 8: Preparation of product 9

To the reaction flask was added 220 g of product 8, 2.2 L of purified water. Under stirring, 500 g of a product 7 in 5 L of methanol and 150 g of anhydrous lithium perchlorate dissolved in 1.5 L of water were added. After the addition was completed, the reaction was stirred at a temperature of 30 to 32 ° C for 20 hours. The reaction is completed and filtered. The filtrate was temperature-controlled at 15 ° C to 20 ° C, and 1 L of 30% hydrogen peroxide was added dropwise. After the addition, the reaction was kept at 20 ° C for 6 hours, and the solid was precipitated, filtered, and dried by blasting at 35-40 ° C to obtain 215 g of a brownish yellow product 9 in a yield of 47%.

Example 9: Preparation of product 10

To the reaction flask, 80 g of product 9, 400 ml of purified water, 300 ml of n-butanol, and 80 ml of diethylamine were added, and the mixture was stirred and heated to 45-50 ° C for 16 hours. After the TLC reaction is completed, the layers are separated, and the aqueous layer is separated to obtain an aqueous solution of the product 10, which is directly reacted in the next step.

Example 10: Preparation of Product I

An aqueous solution of product 10 was added to the autoclave, and 50 ml of triethylamine and 2 g of platinum dioxide were added thereto with stirring. The pressure was evacuated, the hydrogen was replaced three times, the pressure was controlled to 1.5 MPa, and the reaction was stirred at 35 ° C for 20 hours. After filtration, the filtrate was added to 30 ml of n-butanol for 5 min, and the mixture was allowed to stand to give an aqueous solution of product I. 200 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added dropwise at a temperature of 10 ° C, and the aqueous solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. 500 ml of 95% ethanol was added to the crude product, and the mixture was heated to 55-60 ° C for 1 hour, then cooled to 35 ° C for 2 hours, filtered, and the filter cake was dried to give the product I35 g.

Example 11: Preparation of product 9′

To the reaction flask was added 1.25 L of ethyl acetate and 125 g of product 9. 15 g of DMAP was added with stirring. 200 ml of acetic anhydride was added dropwise at a temperature of 15 ° C, and the reaction was stirred at a temperature of 20-25 ° C for 3 hours. The reaction was monitored by TLC, and a hydrochloric acid solution was added at a temperature of 15 ° C to separate the layers. The organic layer was washed with saturated hydrochloric acid and saturated sodium hydrogen sulfate. The organic phase was separated, dried and concentrated to give 12,5 g of oil.

Example 12: Preparation of product 10

The product 9′ prepared in Example 11 was added to the reaction flask, 600 ml of purified water, 450 ml of n-butanol, and 120 ml of diethylamine were added, and the mixture was stirred and heated to 45-50 ° C for 16 hours. After the TLC reaction is completed, the layers are separated, and the aqueous layer is separated to obtain an aqueous solution of the product 10, which is directly reacted in the next step.

Example 13: Preparation of Product I

An aqueous solution of the product 10 prepared in Example 12 was added to the hydrogenation vessel, and 80 ml of triethylamine, 3 g of platinum dioxide was added thereto with stirring, and vacuum was applied thereto, and the pressure was controlled to 1.5 MPa, and the reaction was stirred at 35 ° C for 20 hours. After filtration, the filtrate was added to 45 ml of n-butanol for 5 min, and the mixture was allowed to stand to give an aqueous solution of product I. After cooling at 10 ° C, 300 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added dropwise, and the aqueous solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. 750 ml of 95% ethanol was added to the crude product, and the mixture was heated to 55-60 ° C for 1 hour, then cooled to 35 ° C for 2 hours, filtered, and the filter cake was dried to give the product I 48.9 g.

///////////

https://patents.google.com/patent/US9365573B2/en

Sapropterin dihydrochloride, chemical name (6R)-2-amino-6-[(1R,2S)-1,2-dihydroxypropyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4(1H)-pteridinone dihydrochloride, molecular formula C9H15N5O3.2HCl, and CAS registry number 69056-38-28, is a synthetic product of tetrahydrobiopterin (BH4) dihydrochloride. BHis a cofactor of Phenylalanine Hydroxylase (PAH). Tyrosine is acquired from Phenylalanine (Phe) through hydroxylation under the action of PAH which is low in activity or even inactive in PKU patients, while BHis able to activate PAH, promote normal oxidative metabolism of Phe in the bodies of the patients, and reduce the Phe levels in the bodies of some patients. On Dec. 16, 2007, the sapropterin dihydrochloride tablets produced by BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc. in USA were approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for marketing for treatment of PKU. Because of the effective activity of sapropterin dihydrochloride, it is extremely necessary to select a route applicable to industrial production with high product purity.

At present, BHis mainly synthesized by the following methods reported in literatures:

1. Preparation using 4-hydroxy-2,5,6-triaminopyrimidine (TAP) and 5-deoxy-L-arabinose as raw materials, please see literature E. L. Patterson et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 78, 5868(1956).

2. Preparation using TAP and 5-deoxy-L-arabinose phenylhydrazone as raw materials, please see literature Matsuura et al., Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 48,3767 (1975);

3. Preparation by reaction of raw materials hydroxyl-protected TAP and 4-acetyl-2,3-epoxypentanal through oxidation of iodine and a dehydroxylation protecting group, please see literature Matsuura et al., Chemistry of Organic Synthesis, MI/g. 46. No. 6, P570(1988).

These traditional methods for preparing BH4 have the following major disadvantages: raw materials are expensive, arabinose which can be hardly acquired is used as a carbon atom radical for asymmetric synthesis; there are multiple steps in reactions with low yield, and low product purity, 5-deoxy-L-arabinose is easily degraded in a reaction solution, and products of the synthesis routes above have low stereoselectivity. To sum up, the traditional synthesis methods are not applicable to mass industrial production. Therefore, a synthesis route, which is applicable to industrial production with high product purity, high yield and high stereoselectivity, needs to be searched urgently.

tep 10: add 0.7 kg (0.05 g/g) of palladium 5% on carbon in the presence of the methanol solution containing 1.5 kg of acetylamino-7,8-dihydropteridine

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00106


obtained in Step 9, introduce hydrogen until the pressure of the reaction kettle is 0.8±0.05 MPa, control the temperature of the system at 25±5° C. and the pressure at 0.8±0.05 MPa, react for 82 hours, after reacting thoroughly, perform quenching in 31.9 kg (9 eq) of dilute hydrochloric acid having a concentration of 15%, and perform suction filtration and drying to the system to obtain a target product, i.e. a crude product of sapropterin dihydrochloride

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00107


recrystallize and purify the crude product by 29 L (20 ml/g) of methanol at 35±5° C. to obtain 0.8 kg of a pure product, with a yield of 45%, a purity of 98.3% and an enantiomeric excess of 99.1%.

Embodiment 5: main raw material:

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00108


and X═O

Step 1: add 836 kg (0.3 eq) of a tetrahydrofuran solution contaning a samarium catalyst having a concentration of 4%, 29.2 kg (0.3 eq) of (R)-(+)-1,1′-bi-2-naphthol, 28.4 kg (0.3 eq) of triphenylphosphine oxide, and 600 kg (10 kg/kg) of a 4 A molecular sieve to a 3000 L reaction kettle, after stirring uniformly, control the system temperature at 20±5° C., add 117.4 kg (2 eq) of meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid, add 60 kg (1 eq) of benzyl crotonate

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00109


to the system after adding meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid, react for 32 hours while preserving the temperature, add 19.6 kg (0.3 eq) of citric acid to the system to stop the reaction, and perform centrifugation, concentration and rectification to the system to obtain 40.5 kg of (2S,3R)-2,3-epoxy-benzyl butyrate

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00110


with a yield of 62%;

Step 2: add 36.8 kg (3 eq) of acetone, and 5.4 kg (0.6 eq) of lithium chloride to a 500 L enamel vessel, control the temperature at 15±5° C., add 40.5 kg (1 eq) of (2S,3R)-2,3-epoxy-benzyl butyrate

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00111


react for 7 hours while preserving the temperature, add 422 kg (2 eq) of a potassium bicarbonate aqueous solution having a concentration of 10%, and perform liquid separation, extraction and concentration to the system to obtain 44 kg of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-acetonide-benzyl butyrate

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00112


with a yield of 82%;

Step 3: add 352 L (8 ml/g) of ethanol, and 44 kg (1 eq) of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-2,3-acetonide-benzyl butyrate

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00113


to a 1000 L reaction kettle, increase the temperature to 37±5° C., add 4.8 kg (1.5 eq) of pure water and 53.2 kg (1.5 eq) of a sodium hydroxide aqueous solution having a concentration of 20%, react for 6 hours while preserving the temperature, perform centrifugation, dissolve a filter cake in 352 L (8 ml/g) of ethanol, add 71.0 kg (3 eq) of L-α-amphetamine, preserve the temperature at 22±5° C. for 4 hours, and perform centrifugation and drying to obtain 32.4 kg of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-2,3-acetonide-phenylacetylamino butyrate

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00114


with a yield of 62%;

Step 4: add 48 L (6 ml/g) of 1,4-dioxane, 8 kg (1 eq) of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-2,3-acetonide-phenylacetylamino butyrate

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00115


to a 72 L reaction bottle, then add a dilute sulphuric acid aqueous solution having a concentration of 10% to the system to regulate the pH at 2.5±0.5, control the temperature at −5±5° C., react for 1 hour, perform liquid separation to obtain an organic phase, add 7.0 kg of (2.0 eq) N,N-diisopropylethylamine to the organic phase, and concentrate the system to obtain 4.1 kg of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-methanoic acid

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00116


with a yield of 93.5%;

Step 5: add 49 L (12 ml/g) of 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, 4.1 kg of 1,3-dioxolan-4-methanoic acid

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00117


and 13.1 kg (4 eq) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine to a 100 L reaction bottle, reduce the temperature to −22±5° C., add 5.5 kg (2.0 eq) of ethyl chloroformate, react for 1.8 hours while preserving the temperature, introduce a diazomethane gas for 1.8 hours, add 18.5 kg (4.5 eq) of a hydrochloride ethanol solution having a concentration of 20%, react for 1.8 hours, add potassium bicarbonate to regulate the pH value to 8.5±0.5, and perform extraction, liquid separation and concentration to obtain 4.1 kg of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-5-chloroacetyl-1,3-dioxolane

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00118


with a yield of 83.7%;

Step 6: add 49 L (12 ml/g) of acetone, 4.1 kg of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-5-chloroacetyl-1,3-dioxolane

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00119


3.4 kg (2.5 eq) of sodium azide, and 1.8 kg (0.5 eq) of potassium iodide to a 72 L bottle, react the system for 26 hours while preserving the temperature at 34±5° C., perform filtering and concentration to obtain an acetone solution containing 3.9 kg of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-5-(2-azidoacetyl)-1,3-dioxolane

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00120


with a yield of 91.5%;

Step 7: add 46.4 L (12 ml/g) of methyl tert-butyl ether and 1.2 kg (0.3 g/g) of Raney nickel to a 100 L reaction kettle, introduce hydrogen until the system pressure is 0.8±0.1 MPa, regulate the pH of the system to 3±0.5 with concentrated sulfuric acid, add an acetonitrile solution containing 3.9 kg (1 eq) of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-5-(2-azidoacetyl)-1,3-dioxolane

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00121


react at 27±5° C. for 8.5 hours, perform suction filtration and concentration to obtain 2.3 kg of (3S,4S)-1-amino-3,4-dihydroxy-2-pentanone

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00122


with a yield of 89%;

Step 8: add 23 L (10 ml/g) of propanol, 6.9 L (3 ml/g) of pure water, 0.9 kg of (0.3 eq) of potassium iodide, 4.8 kg (1.2 eq) of compound A (2-amino-6-chloro-5-nitro-3H-pyrimidin-4-one), 2.3 kg (1 eq) of (3S,4S)-1-amino-3,4-dihydroxy-2-pentanone

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00123


and 10.5 kg (6 eq) of diisopropylamine to a 50 L reaction bottle, react the system for 7 hours while preserving the temperature at 72±5° C., then add a potassium dihydrogen phosphate-dipotassium phosphate aqueous solution to regulate the pH of the system to 7.5±0.5; and filter the system to obtain 2.5 kg of 2-acetylamino-5-nitro-6-((3S,4S)-3,3-dihydroxy-2-oxo-pentylamino)-pyrimidin-4-one

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00124


with a yield of 44%;

Step 9: add 1.25 kg (1 eq) of 2-acetylamino-5-nitro-6((3S,4S)-3,3-dihydroxy-2-oxo-pentylamino)-pyrimidin-4-one

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00125


50 L (40 ml/g) of ethanol and 0.5 kg (0.4 g/g) of 10% palladium on carbon to a 100 L autoclave, introduce hydrogen until the reaction system pressure is 0.8±0.05 MPa, control the temperature of the system at 27±5° C. and the pressure at 0.8±0.05 MPa, react for 24 hours, filter the system, and regulate the pH to 11±0.5 to obtain an ethanol solution containing 1.1 kg of acetylamino-7,8-dihydropteridine

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00126


which is used directly in the next step;

Step 10: add 0.44 kg (0.4 g/g) of palladium 10% on carbon in the presence of the ethanol solution containing 1.1 kg of acetylamino-7,8-dihydropteridine

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00127


obtained in Step 9, introduce hydrogen until the pressure of the reaction kettle is 0.8±0.05 MPa, control the temperature of the system at 25±5° C. and the pressure at 0.8±0.05 MPa, react for 80 hours, after reacting thoroughly, perform quenching in 20 kg (8 eq) of dilute hydrochloric acid having a concentration of 15%, and perform suction filtration and drying to the system to obtain a target product, i.e. a crude product of sapropterin dihydrochloride

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00128


recrystallize and purify the crude product by 21.4 L (20 ml/g) of ethanol at 35±5° C. to obtain 0.4 kg of a pure product, with a yield of 46.2%, a purity of 98.5% and an enantiomeric excess of 99.2%.

Embodiment 6: main raw material:

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00129


and X═N

Step 1: add 522 kg (0.05 eq) of a tetrahydrofuran solution containing a samarium catalyst having a concentration of 2%, 9.1 kg (0.05 eq) of (R)-(+)-1,1′-bi-2-naphthol, 8.9 kg (0.05 eq) of triphenylphosphine oxide, and 567 kg (7 kg/kg) of a 4 A molecular sieve to a 3000 L reaction kettle, after stirring uniformly, control the system temperature at 8±5° C., add 57.4 kg (0.eq) of a tert-butyl hydroperoxide toluene solution having a concentration of 50%, add 81.1 kg (1 eq) of (E)-N-isopropylbut-2-enamide

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00130


to the system after adding the tert-butyl hydroperoxide toluene solution, react for 34 hours while preserving the temperature, add 6.1 kg (0.05 eq) of citric acid to the system to stop the reaction, and perform centrifugation, concentration and rectification to the system to obtain 56.1 kg of (2S,3R)-2,3-epoxy-diisopropylamido butyrate

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00131


with a yield of 61.5%;

Step 2: add 11.4 kg (0.5 eq) of acetone, and 8.8 kg (0.1 eq) of zinc bromide to a 500 L enamel vessel, control the temperature at 20±5° C., add 56.1 kg (1 eq) of (2S,3R)-2,3-epoxy-diisopropylamido butyrate

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00132


react for 8.5 hours while preserving the temperature, add 329 kg (2 eq) of a sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution having a concentration of 10%, and perform liquid separation, extraction and concentration to the system to obtain 64.7 kg of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-2,3-acetonide-diisopropylamido butyrate

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00133


with a yield of 82%;

Step 3: add 259 L (4 ml/g) of tetrahydrofuran, and 64.7 kg (1 eq) of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-2,3-acetonide-diisopropylamido butyrate

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00134


to a 1000 L reaction kettle, increase the temperature to 27±5° C., add 2.9 kg (0.5 eq) of pure water and 29.9 kg (0.5 eq) of a methanol solution of sodium methoxide having a concentration of 29.9%, react for 4 hours while preserving the temperature, perform centrifugation, dissolve a filter cake in 194 L (3 ml/g) of tetrahydrofuran, add 39 kg (1 eq) of L-α-phenylethylamine, preserve the temperature at 18±5° C. for 3.5 hours, and perform centrifugation and drying to obtain 54.3 kg of 1-phenyltehanamine (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-1,3-dioxolane-4-carboxylate

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00135


with a yield of 60%;

Step 4: add 30 L (3 ml/g) of 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, 10 kg (1 eq) of 1-phenyltehanamine (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-1,3-dioxolane-4-carboxylate

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00136


to a 72 L reaction bottle, then add a dilute phosphoric acid aqueous solution having a concentration of 10% to the system to regulate the pH at 1.5±0.5, control the temperature at −5±5° C., react for 1 hour, perform liquid separation to obtain an organic phase, add 3.7 kg of (0.8 eq) N,N-diisopropylethylamine to the organic phase, and concentrate the system to obtain 5.3 kg of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-methanoic acid

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00137


with a yield of 92.5%;

Step 5: add 42 L (8 ml/g) of 1,4-dioxane, 5.3 kg of 1,3-dioxolan-4-methanoic acid

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00138


and 8.5 kg (2 eq) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine to a 100 L reaction bottle, reduce the temperature to −10±5° C., add 4 kg (21.0 eq) of propyl chloroformate, react for 2 hours while preserving the temperature, introduce a diazomethane gas for 2 hours, add 12 kg (2 eq) of a hydrochloride ethanol solution having a concentration of 20%, react for 2 hours, add sodium hydroxide to regulate the pH value to 7.5±0.5, and perform extraction, liquid separation and concentration to obtain 5.1 kg of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-5-chloroacetyl-1,3-dioxolane

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00139


with a yield of 81%; Step 6: add 41 L (8 ml/g) of tetrahydrofuran, 5.1 kg of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-5-chloroacetyl-1,3-dioxolane

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00140


3.1 kg (1 eq) of azidotrimethylsilane, and 0.5 kg (0.1 eq) of sodium iodide to a 72 L bottle, react the system for 30 hours while preserving the temperature at 12±5° C., perform filtering and concentration to obtain an acetone solution containing 4.6 kg of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-5-(2-azidoacetyl)-1,3-dioxolane

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00141


with a yield of 87.5%;

Step 7: add 28 L (6 ml/g) of 1,4-dioxane and 0.23 kg (0.05 g/g) of palladium 10% on carbon to a 50 L reaction kettle, introduce hydrogen until the system pressure is 0.8±0.1 MPa, regulate the pH of the system to 3±0.5 with acetic acid, add an acetonitrile solution containing 4.6 kg (1 eq) of (4S,5S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-5-(2-azidoacetyl)-1,3-dioxolane

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00142


react at 27±5° C. for 8.5 hours, react for 8.5 hours, perform suction filtration and concentration to obtain 2.7 kg of (3S,4S)-1-amino-3,4-dihydroxy-2-pentanone

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00143


with a yield of 87.7%;

Step 8: add 16.3 L (6 ml/g) of isopropanol, 2.7 L (1 g/g) of pure water, 0.4 kg of (0.1 eq) of sodium iodide, 4.8 kg (1.0 eq) of compound A (2-amino-6-chloro-5-nitro-3H-pyrimidin-4-one), 2.7 kg (1 eq) of (3S,4S)-1-amino-3,4-dihydroxy-2-pentanone

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00144


and 8.7 kg (4 eq) of sodium carbonate to a 50 L reaction bottle, react the system for 7 hours while preserving the temperature at 45±5° C., then add an ammonium formate-ammonia aqueous solution to regulate the pH of the system to 6.5±0.5; and filter the system to obtain 2.85 kg of 2-acetylamino-5-nitro-6((3S,4S)-3,3-dihydroxy-2-oxo-pentylamino)-pyrimidin-4-one

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00145


with a yield of 42.5%;

Step 9: add 2 kg (1 eq) of 2-acetylamino-5-nitro-6-((3S,4S)-3,3-dihydroxy-2-oxo-pentylamino)-pyrimidin-4-one

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00146


60 L (30 ml/g) of ethanol and 0.2 kg (0.1 g/g) of platinum dioxide to a 100 L autoclave, introduce hydrogen until the reaction system pressure is 0.6±0.05 MPa, control the temperature of the system at 20±5° C. and the pressure at 0.6±0.05 MPa, react for 20 hours, filter the system, and regulate the pH to 11±0.5 to obtain an ethanol solution containing 1.7 kg of acetylamino-7,8-dihydropteridine

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00147


which is used directly in the next step;

Step 10: add 0.2 kg (0.1 g/g) of platinum dioxide in the presence of the ethanol solution containing 1.7 kg of acetylamino-7,8-dihydropteridine

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00148


obtained in Step 9, introduce hydrogen until the pressure of the reaction kettle is 0.6±0.05 MPa, control the temperature of the system at 15±5° C. and the pressure at 0.6±0.05 MPa, react for 75 hours, after reacting thoroughly, perform quenching in 30 kg (5 eq) of dilute hydrochloric acid having a concentration of 10%, and perform suction filtration and drying to the system to obtain a target product, i.e. a crude product of sapropterin dihydrochloride

Figure US09365573-20160614-C00149


recrystallize and purify the crude product by 17 L (10 ml/g) of butanone at 15±5° C. to obtain 0.6 kg of a pure product, with a yield of 43%, a purity of 98.4% and an enantiomeric excess of 98.9%.

Thus, it can be seen that synthesis of a sapropterin dihydrochloride compound and an intermediate thereof disclosed in a method of the present disclosure can obtain a target product with a high purity, a high enantiomeric excess, and a high yield. The synthesis method uses readily-available raw materials, significantly reduces a synthesis route of sapropterin dihydrochloride. The technological conditions are stable, and there is less pollution in the whole operation process, hence providing an effective scheme for mass industrial production of sapropterin dihydrochloride.

The above are only preferred embodiments of the present disclosure and should not be used to limit the present disclosure. For those skilled in the art, the present disclosure may have various modifications and changes. Any modifications, equivalent replacements, improvements and the like within the spirit and principle of the present disclosure shall fall within the scope of protection of the present disclosure.

///////

USA
Patent No. Patent Type Assignee Patent Expiry
(Pediatric exclusivity)
Estimated Expiry Status
US 4,713,454 Process Shiratori Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. (Narashino, JP) Suntory Limited (Osaka, JP) NA 23-JAN-06 Expired

References

  1. Jump up to:a b “Sapropterin (Kuvan) Use During Pregnancy”Drugs.com. 17 May 2019. Retrieved 4 March 2020.
  2. ^ “Sapropterin”Drugs.com. 28 February 2020. Retrieved 4 March 2020.
  3. ^ “International Non-proprietary Names for Pharmaceutical Substances (INN)”Fimea. Retrieved 4 March 2020.
  4. Jump up to:a b Kappock TJ, Caradonna JP (November 1996). “Pterin-Dependent Amino Acid Hydroxylases”. Chemical Reviews96 (7): 2659–2756. doi:10.1021/CR9402034PMID 11848840.
  5. ^ Całka J (2006). “The role of nitric oxide in the hypothalamic control of LHRH and oxytocin release, sexual behavior and aging of the LHRH and oxytocin neurons”Folia Histochemica et Cytobiologica44 (1): 3–12. PMID 16584085.
  6. ^ Bhagavan, N. V. (2015). Essentials of Medical Biochemistry With Clinical Cases, 2nd Edition. USA: Elsevier. p. 256. ISBN 978-0-12-416687-5.
  7. ^ Schaub J, Däumling S, Curtius HC, Niederwieser A, Bartholomé K, Viscontini M, et al. (August 1978). “Tetrahydrobiopterin therapy of atypical phenylketonuria due to defective dihydrobiopterin biosynthesis”Archives of Disease in Childhood53 (8): 674–6. doi:10.1136/adc.53.8.674PMC 1545051PMID 708106.
  8. Jump up to:a b “Kuvan- sapropterin dihydrochloride tablet Kuvan- sapropterin dihydrochloride powder, for solution Kuvan- sapropterin dihydrochloride powder, for solution”DailyMed. 13 December 2019. Retrieved 4 March 2020.
  9. Jump up to:a b c “Kuvan EPAR”European Medicines Agency (EMA). 4 March 2020. Retrieved 4 March 2020.
  10. ^ “Drug Approval Package: Kuvan (Sapropterin Dihydrochloride) NDA #022181”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 24 March 2008. Retrieved 4 March 2020Lay summary (PDF).
  11. Jump up to:a b c d e “Kuvan (sapropterin dihydrochloride) Tablets and Powder for Oral Solution for PKU”BioMarin. Retrieved 4 March 2020.
  12. ^ “Drug Approval Package: Kuvan Powder for Oral Solution (Sapropterin Dihydrochloride) NDA #205065”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 28 February 2014. Retrieved 4 March 2020Lay summary (PDF).
  13. ^ Herper M (28 July 2016). “How Focusing On Obscure Diseases Made BioMarin A $15 Billion Company”Forbes. Retrieved 9 October 2017.
  14. ^ “BioMarin Announces Kuvan (sapropterin dihydrochloride) Patent Challenge Settlement”. BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc. 13 April 2017. Retrieved 9 October 2017 – via PR Newswire.
  15. ^ “Tetrahydrobiopterin Deficiency”National Organization for Rare Disorders (NORD). Retrieved 9 October 2017.
  16. ^ “What are common treatments for phenylketonuria (PKU)?”NICHD. 23 August 2013. Retrieved 12 September 2016.
  17. ^ Camp KM, Parisi MA, Acosta PB, Berry GT, Bilder DA, Blau N, et al. (June 2014). “Phenylketonuria Scientific Review Conference: state of the science and future research needs”Molecular Genetics and Metabolism112 (2): 87–122. doi:10.1016/j.ymgme.2014.02.013PMID 24667081.
  18. Jump up to:a b Haberfeld, H, ed. (1 March 2017). Austria-Codex (in German). Vienna: Österreichischer Apothekerverlag. Kuvan 100 mg-Tabletten.
  19. ^ “Genetics Home Reference: GCH1”National Institutes of Health.
  20. ^ Wu G, Meininger CJ (2009). “Nitric oxide and vascular insulin resistance”. BioFactors35(1): 21–7. doi:10.1002/biof.3PMID 19319842S2CID 29828656.
  21. ^ Kaufman S (February 1958). “A new cofactor required for the enzymatic conversion of phenylalanine to tyrosine”The Journal of Biological Chemistry230 (2): 931–9. PMID 13525410.
  22. ^ Thöny B, Auerbach G, Blau N (April 2000). “Tetrahydrobiopterin biosynthesis, regeneration and functions”The Biochemical Journal. 347 Pt 1: 1–16. doi:10.1042/0264-6021:3470001PMC 1220924PMID 10727395.
  23. ^ Kuzkaya N, Weissmann N, Harrison DG, Dikalov S (June 2003). “Interactions of peroxynitrite, tetrahydrobiopterin, ascorbic acid, and thiols: implications for uncoupling endothelial nitric-oxide synthase”The Journal of Biological Chemistry278 (25): 22546–54. doi:10.1074/jbc.M302227200PMID 12692136.
  24. ^ Muller-Delp JM (November 2009). “Ascorbic acid and tetrahydrobiopterin: looking beyond nitric oxide bioavailability”Cardiovascular Research84 (2): 178–9. doi:10.1093/cvr/cvp307PMID 19744948.
  25. ^ Gori T, Burstein JM, Ahmed S, Miner SE, Al-Hesayen A, Kelly S, Parker JD (September 2001). “Folic acid prevents nitroglycerin-induced nitric oxide synthase dysfunction and nitrate tolerance: a human in vivo study”Circulation104 (10): 1119–23. doi:10.1161/hc3501.095358PMID 11535566.
  26. ^ “Search results for Kuvan”ClinicalTrials.gov. U.S. National Library of Medicine.
  27. ^ “BioMarin Initiates Phase 3b Study to Evaluate the Effects of Kuvan on Neurophychiatric Symptoms in Subjects with PKU”. BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc. 17 August 2010.
  28. ^ Burton B, Grant M, Feigenbaum A, Singh R, Hendren R, Siriwardena K, et al. (March 2015). “A randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind study of sapropterin to treat ADHD symptoms and executive function impairment in children and adults with sapropterin-responsive phenylketonuria”Molecular Genetics and Metabolism114 (3): 415–24. doi:10.1016/j.ymgme.2014.11.011PMID 25533024.
  29. ^ Fernell E, Watanabe Y, Adolfsson I, Tani Y, Bergström M, Hartvig P, et al. (May 1997). “Possible effects of tetrahydrobiopterin treatment in six children with autism–clinical and positron emission tomography data: a pilot study”. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology39 (5): 313–8. doi:10.1111/j.1469-8749.1997.tb07437.xPMID 9236697S2CID 12761124.
  30. ^ Frye RE, Huffman LC, Elliott GR (July 2010). “Tetrahydrobiopterin as a novel therapeutic intervention for autism”Neurotherapeutics7 (3): 241–9. doi:10.1016/j.nurt.2010.05.004PMC 2908599PMID 20643376.
  31. ^ Channon KM (November 2004). “Tetrahydrobiopterin: regulator of endothelial nitric oxide synthase in vascular disease”. Trends in Cardiovascular Medicine14 (8): 323–7. doi:10.1016/j.tcm.2004.10.003PMID 15596110.
  32. ^ Alp NJ, Mussa S, Khoo J, Cai S, Guzik T, Jefferson A, et al. (September 2003). “Tetrahydrobiopterin-dependent preservation of nitric oxide-mediated endothelial function in diabetes by targeted transgenic GTP-cyclohydrolase I overexpression”The Journal of Clinical Investigation112 (5): 725–35. doi:10.1172/JCI17786PMC 182196PMID 12952921.
  33. ^ Khoo JP, Zhao L, Alp NJ, Bendall JK, Nicoli T, Rockett K, et al. (April 2005). “Pivotal role for endothelial tetrahydrobiopterin in pulmonary hypertension”Circulation111 (16): 2126–33. doi:10.1161/01.CIR.0000162470.26840.89PMID 15824200.
  34. ^ Cunnington C, Van Assche T, Shirodaria C, Kylintireas I, Lindsay AC, Lee JM, et al. (March 2012). “Systemic and vascular oxidation limits the efficacy of oral tetrahydrobiopterin treatment in patients with coronary artery disease”Circulation125 (11): 1356–66. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.111.038919PMC 5238935PMID 22315282.
  35. ^ Romanowicz J, Leonetti C, Dhari Z, Korotcova L, Ramachandra SD, Saric N, et al. (August 2019). “Treatment With Tetrahydrobiopterin Improves White Matter Maturation in a Mouse Model for Prenatal Hypoxia in Congenital Heart Disease”Journal of the American Heart Association8 (15): e012711. doi:10.1161/JAHA.119.012711PMC 6761654PMID 31331224.
  36. ^ Kraft VA, Bezjian CT, Pfeiffer S, Ringelstetter L, Müller C, Zandkarimi F, et al. (January 2020). “GTP Cyclohydrolase 1/Tetrahydrobiopterin Counteract Ferroptosis through Lipid Remodeling”ACS Central Science6 (1): 41–53. doi:10.1021/acscentsci.9b01063PMC 6978838PMID 31989025.

Further reading

External links

Tetrahydrobiopterin
INN: sapropterin
(6R)-Tetrahydrobiopterin structure.png
Clinical data
Trade names Kuvan, Biopten
Other names Sapropterin hydrochloride (JAN JP), Sapropterin dihydrochloride (USAN US)
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a608020
License data
Pregnancy
category
  • AU: B1[1]
  • US: C (Risk not ruled out)[1]
Routes of
administration
By mouth
ATC code
Legal status
Legal status
  • AU: S4 (Prescription only)
  • CA℞-only
  • US: ℞-only
  • In general: ℞ (Prescription only)
Pharmacokinetic data
Elimination half-life 4 hours (healthy adults)
6–7 hours (PKU patients)
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
IUPHAR/BPS
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEBI
ChEMBL
PDB ligand
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.164.121 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C9H15N5O3
Molar mass 241.251 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

////////Sapropterin, сапроптерин سابروبتيرين , 沙丙蝶呤 , Tetrahydrobiopterin,

Sapropterin Tablets - FDA prescribing information, side effects and uses

Sofpironium bromide

$
0
0

Sofpironium bromide.png

File:Sofpironium bromide.jpg

Sofpironium bromide

ソフピロニウム臭化物

BBI 4000

[(3R)-1-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-methylpyrrolidin-1-ium-3-yl] (2R)-2-cyclopentyl-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetate;bromide

Formula
C22H32NO5. Br
CAS
1628106-94-4
BASE 1628251-49-9
Mol weight
470.3972

PMDA APPROVED JAPAN 2020/9/25, Ecclock

Anhidrotic

Sofpironium Bromide

1-ambo-(3R)-3-{[(R)-(Cyclopentyl)hydroxy(phenyl)acetyl]oxy}-1-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-methylpyrrolidinium bromide

C22H32BrNO5 : 470.4
[1628106-94-4]

SYN

PATENT

WO 2018026869

https://patents.google.com/patent/WO2018026869A1/en

Certain glycopyrronium salts and related compounds, as well as processes for making and methods of using these glycopyrronium salts and related compounds, are known. See, for example, US Patent No. 8,558,008, which issued to assignee Dermira, Inc. See also, for example, US Patent No. 2,956,062, which issued to assignee Robins Co Inc. A H. See also, for example, International Patent Application Publication Nos. WO 98/00132 Al and WO 2009/00109A1, both of which list applicant Sepracor, Inc., as well as US Patent Nos. 6,063,808 and 6,204,285, both of which issued to assignee Sepracor, Inc. Certain methods of treating hyperhidrosis using glycopyrronium salts and related compounds are known. See, for example GB 1,080,960. Certain forms of applying glycopyrrolate compounds to a subject are known. See, for example US Patent Nos. 6,433,003 and 8,618,160, both of which issued to assignee Rose U; also US Patent Nos. 7,060,289; 8,252,316; and 8,679,524, which issued to PurePharm, Inc.

[0004] One glycopyrronium salt which is useful in certain medical applications is the following compound:

Figure imgf000003_0001

[0005] As illustrated above, the absolute configuration at the three asymmetric chiral positions is 2R3’R1’RS. This means that the carbon indicated with the number, 2, has the stereochemical R configuration. The carbon indicated with the number, 3′, also has the stereochemical R configuration. The quatemary ammonium nitrogen atom, indicated with a positive charge, may have either the R or the S stereochemical configuration. As drawn, the compound above is a mixture of two diastereoisomers.

[0006] Certain processes for making glycopyrronium salts are known. However, these processes are not as safe, efficient, stereospecific, or stereoselective as the new processes disclosed herein, for example with respect to large-scale manufacturing processes. Certain publications show that higher anticholinergic activity is attributed to the 2R3’R configuration. However, to date, processes for making the 2R3’R isomers, as well as the 2R3’R1’R isomers are low yielding, involve too many reaction steps to be economically feasible, use toxic materials, and/or are not sufficiently stereospecific or stereoselective with respect to the products formed.

EXAMPLE 2

[0179] The below synthetic description refers to the numbered compounds illustrated in FIG. 2. Numbers which refer to these compounds in FIG. 2 are bolded and underlined in this Example.

[0180] Synthesis of R(-)-Cyclopentylmandelic acid (4)

[0181] R(-)-cyclopentylmandelic acid (compound 4) can be synthesized starting with

R(-)-mandelic acid (compound 1) according to Example 1.

[0182] Step 1 : Making Compound 2.

[0183] R(-)-mandelic acid (1) was suspended in hexane and mixed with pivaldehyde and a catalytic amount of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid at room temperature to form a mixture. The mixture was warmed to 36 °C and then allowed to react for about 5 hours. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature and treated with 8% aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The aqueous layer was removed and the organic layer dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and removal of the solvent under vacuum, the crude product was recrystallized to give (5R)-2-(tert-butyl)-5-phenyl-l,3-dioxolan-4-one (compound 2) in 88% yield (per S-enantiomer yield).

[0184] Step 2: Making Compound 3.

[0185] Compound 2 was reacted with lithium hexamethyl disilazide (LiHMDS) in hexane at -78 °C under stirring for one hour. Next, cyclopentyl bromide was added to the reaction mixture including compound 2 and LiHMDS . The reaction was kept cool for about four (4) hours and then slowly warmed to room temperature and allowed to react for at least twelve (12) more hours. The resulting mixture was then treated with 10% aqueous ammonium chloride. The aqueous layer was discarded and the organic layer dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue recrystallized from hexane to give pure product (5R)-2-(tert-butyl)-5-cyclopentyl-5-phenyl- l,3-dioxolan-4-one (3) in 63% yield (per S-enantiomer yield).

[0186] Step 3: Making Compound 4.

[0187] R(-)-cyclopentylmandelic acid (compound 4) was prepared by providing compound 3 in aqueous methanolic potassium hydroxide at 65 °C for four hours. After cooling this mixture to room temperature and removing the methanol under vacuum, the aqueous solution was acidified with aqueous hydrochloric acid. The aqueous solution was then extracted twice with ethyl acetate and the organic phase dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. After removing the solvent and performing a recrystallization, pure R(-)- cyclopentylmandelic acid (compound 4) was obtained in 62% yield (based on S-enantiomer yield).

[0188] Next, a racemic mixture of l -methyl-3-pyrridinol (20) was provided:

Figure imgf000045_0001

[0189] Synthesis of 2R3 ‘R-glycopyrrolate base (8)

[0190] Step 4: Making Compound 8.

[0191] Enantiomerically pure R(-)-cyclopentylmandelic acid (4) was coupled to racemic l-methyl-3-pyrridinol (20) using 1, 1 -carbonyldiimideazole (CDI) activated esterification to make an enantiomerically pure mixture of the following erythro- and threo- glycopyrrolate bases (compounds 8 and 21, respectively):

Figure imgf000045_0002

[0192] The 2R3’R-glycopyrrolate base (compound 8) was then resolved using the 5- nitroisophthalate salt procedure in Finnish Patent 49713, to provide enantiomerically pure 2R3 Έ. {erythro) as well as pure 2R3 ‘S {threo). In this example, the 2R3 ‘S {threo) was discarded. The 2R3 Έ. {erythro) was separated as stereomerically pure compound 8.

[0193] Step 6: Making Compound 9.

[0194] The glycopyrrolate base, compound 8, was treated in dry acetonitrile with methyl bromoacetate at room temperature under stirring for three (3) hours. The crude product was dissolved in a small volume of methylene chloride and poured into dry ethyl ether to obtain a precipitate. This procedure was repeated three times to provide (3R)-3-((R)- 2-cyclopentyl-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetoxy)-l -(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)-l-methylpyrrolidin-l – ium bromide, also known as 3′(R)-[R-Cyclopentylphenylhydroxyacetoy]- -ethyl- l ‘methoxycarbonylpyrrolidinium bromide (compound 9) in 89% yield. Compound 9 included the following stereoisomers:

Figure imgf000046_0001

E

Synthesis of 9a, 9b, 13a, and 13b.

Synthesis of 9a, 9b, 13a, and 13b.

Publication Number Title Priority Date Grant Date
US-2019161443-A1 Processes for making, and methods of using, glycopyrronium compounds 2016-08-02

ClinicalTrials.gov

CTID Title Phase Status Date
NCT02058264 A Safety, Tolerability and Preliminary Efficacy Study of BBI-4000 in Subjects With Axillary Hyperhidrosis Phase 1 Completed 2014-09-11

NIPH Clinical Trials Search of Japan

CTID Title Phase Status Date
JapicCTI-184249 A repeatedly applied study of BBI-4000 in patients with primary hyperhidrosis complete 2018-12-13
JapicCTI-184003 A long term safety study of BBI-4000 gel in patients with primary axillary hyperhidrosis complete 2018-06-15
JapicCTI-183948 A confirmatory study of BBI-4000 gel in patients with primary axillary hyperhidrosis complete 2018-05-07
UMIN000020546 A skin irritation study of BBI-4000 in healthy adult males (phase 1) Complete: follow-up complete 2016-01-18

////////////Sofpironium bromide, Ecclock, 2020 APPROVALS, JAPAN 2020, Anhidrotic, ソフピロニウム臭化物 , BBI 4000

CCOC(=O)C[N+]1(CCC(C1)OC(=O)C(C2CCCC2)(C3=CC=CC=C3)O)C.[Br-]


Enarodustat

$
0
0
Enarodustat (JAN).png
Enarodustat Chemical Structure

Enarodustat

エナロデュスタット

JTZ 951

FormulaC17H16N4O4
CAS1262132-81-9
Mol weight340.3333

PMDA 2020/9/25 APPROVED ENAROY

Anti-anemic, Hypoxia inducible factor-prolyl hydroxylase (HIF-PH) inhibitor

Originator Japan Tobacco
Developer Japan Tobacco; JW Pharmaceutical
Class Acetic acids; Amides; Antianaemics; Pyridones; Small molecules; Triazoles
Mechanism of Action Hypoxia-inducible factor-proline dioxygenase inhibitors

Preregistration Anaemia

27 Dec 2019 Japan Tobacco and SalubrisBio enter into a development and marketing agreement for enarodustat (JTZ 951) in China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan for Anaemia
29 Nov 2019 Preregistration for Anaemia in Japan (PO)
31 Oct 2019 Phase I development in Anaemia is ongoing in USA

Enarodustat is a potent and orally active factor prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor, with an EC50 of 0.22 μM. Enarodustat has the potential for renal anemia treatment

PATENT

WO 2011007856

PAPER

ACS Medicinal Chemistry Letters (2017), 8(12), 1320-1325

https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acsmedchemlett.7b00404

Abstract

Abstract Image

Inhibition of hypoxia inducible factor prolyl hydroxylase (PHD) represents a promising strategy for the discovery of a next generation treatment for renal anemia. We identified several 5,6-fused ring systems as novel scaffolds of the PHD inhibitor on the basis of pharmacophore analysis. In particular, triazolopyridine derivatives showed potent PHD2 inhibitory activities. Examination of the predominance of the triazolopyridines in potency by electrostatic calculations suggested favorable π–π stacking interactions with Tyr310. Lead optimization to improve the efficacy of erythropoietin release in cells and in vivo by improving cell permeability led to the discovery of JTZ-951 (compound 14), with a 5-phenethyl substituent on the triazolopyridine group, which increased hemoglobin levels with daily oral dosing in rats. Compound 14 was rapidly absorbed after oral administration and disappeared shortly thereafter, which could be advantageous in terms of safety. Compound 14 was selected as a clinical candidate.

(7-Hydroxy-5-phenethyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-8-carbonyl)glycine (14)

To a solution of SI-5 (2.28 g, 6.19 mmol) in EtOH (9.1 mL) was added 2N NaOH aq. (12.4 mL, 24.8 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at 90 °C for 2 h, 6N HCl aq. (4.1 mL, 24.6 mmol). This was allowed to gradually cool with stirring and crystals were precipitated. The crystals were collected by filtration to give the title compound 14 (2.16 g, 103% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) δ: 14.22 (s, 1H), 12.98 (br s, 1H), 9.84 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 7.33– 7.18 (m, 5H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 4.22 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 170.28, 167.70, 165.32, 152.95, 148.53, 146.49, 140.05, 128.33, 128.20, 126.17, 106.72, 95.56, 41.00, 31.95, 31.72. HRMS m/z: [M+H]+ calcd for C17H17N4O4, 341.1244; found, 341.1243. Anal. (C17H16N4O4) calcd C 59.99%, H 4.74%, N 16.46%; found C 60.02%, H, 4.78%, N, 16.42%. Melting point: 186 °C Purity: 100.0%.

PATENT

 WO 2018097254

PATENT

US 20200017492

/////////////Enarodustat, 2020 APPROVALS, JAPAN 2020, エナロデュスタット  , JTZ 951, ENAROY, 2020 APPROVALS, 

Cetuximab sarotalocan sodium

$
0
0

Cetuximab Sarotalocan Sodium (Genetical Recombination)



Cetuximab Sarotalocan Sodium is an antibody-drug-conjugate (molecular weight: 156,000-158,000) consisting of tetrasodium salt of Sarotalocan (6-({[3-({(OC-6-13)-bis({3-[bis(3-sulfopropyl)(3-sulfonatopropyl)azaniumyl]propyl}dimethylsilanolato-κOO‘)[(phtalocyaninato(2-)κN29N30N31N32)-1-yl]silicon}oxy)propoxy]carbonyl}amino)hexanoyl (C70H96N11O24S6Si3; molecular weight: 1,752.22)) attached to an average of 2-3 Lys residues of Cetuximab.

[2166339-33-7 , Cetuximab sarotalocan]

Cetuximab sarotalocan sodium

MILVEXIAN

$
0
0
2D chemical structure of 1802425-99-5

MILVEXIAN

ミルベクシアン;

Molecular Formula,C28-H23-Cl2-F2-N9-O2

Molecular Weight, 626.4441

BMS-986177, JNJ-70033093; JNJ-3093, WHO 11401

CAS 1802425-99-5

(5R,9S)-9-(4-(5-Chloro-2-(4-chloro-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)phenyl)-6-oxopyrimidin-1(6H)-yl)-21-(difluoromethyl)-5-methyl-21H-3-aza-1(4,2)-pyridina-2(5,4)-pyrazolacyclonaphan-4-one

Prevention and Treatment of Thromboembolic Disorders

Milvexian, also known as BMS-986177, is a blood coagulation factor XIa inhibitor.Bristol-Myers Squibb , in collaboration with  Janssen , is developing milvexian (BMS-986177, JNJ-70033093; JNJ-3093), an antithrombotic factor XIa (FXIa) inhibitor, for the oral prevention and treatment of thrombosis.

PATENT

WO-2020210629

Process for preparing milvexian as FXIa and/or plasma kallikrein inhibitors useful for treating deep vein thrombosis, stroke, and atherosclerosis.

(9i?,13ri)-13-{4-[5-chloro-2-(4-chloro- 1 //- 1 2.3-triazol- 1 -yl)phenyl |-6-o\o- 1 6-dihydropyri midin- 1 -yl }-3-(difluoromethyl)-9-methyl-3,4,7,15-tetraazatricyclo[12.3.1.02 (5]octadeca-l(18),2(6),4,14,16-pentaen-8-one, has the structure of Formula (I):

PATENT

WO2020210613

PATENT

WO2016053455

PATENT

product case WO2016053455 novel macrocyclic compounds are FXIa and/or plasma kallikrein inhibitors.

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2016053455

Scheme 1

4M HCI or TFA

1c 1a

Scheme 2

2d

Scheme 3

EXAMPLES

Example 1. Preparation of (9i?,135)-13-{4-[5-chloro-2-(4-chloro-lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)phenyl]-6-oxo- 1 ,6-dihydropyrimidin- 1 -yl} -3-(difluoromethyl)-9-methyl-3,4,7, 15-tetraazatricyclo[ 12.3.1.026] -8-one trifluoroacetate

1A. Preparation of l-(difluoromethyl)-4-nitro-lH-pyrazole

CS2CO3 (14.41 g, 44.2 mmol) was suspended in a solution of 4-nitro-lH-pyrazole (5.00 g, 44.2 mmol) and DMF (40 mL). After heating to 120 °C for 5 min, solid sodium 2-chloro-2,2-difluoroacetate (13.48 g, 88 mmol) was added in 10 equal portions over 20 min. The reaction was complete after 10 min of additional heating. The mixture was added to a separatory funnel containing 100 mL water and extracted with Et20 (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated. Purification by normal-phase chromatography eluting with a gradient of hexanes/EtOAc yielded l-(difluoromethyl)-4-nitro-lH-pyrazole (6.99 g, 42.9 mmol, 97% yield) as a clear, colorless oil. 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.39 – 7.05 (t, J= 60 Hz, 1H).

IB. Preparation of (S)-tert-butyl (l-(4-(l-(difluoromethyl)-4-nitro-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-2-yl)but-3 -en- 1 -yl)carbamate

To a N2 flushed, 500 mL RBF was added {S)-tert-bvXy\ (l-(4-chloropyridin-2-yl)but-3-en-l-yl)carbamate, prepared as described in Example 3, (10 g, 35.4 mmol), 1-(difluoromethyl)-4-nitro-lH-pyrazol (6.34 g, 38.9 mmol) and dioxane (100 mL). The solution was bubbled with N2 for 5 min. Then Pd(OAc)2 (0.40 g, 1.7 mmol),

di(adamantan-l-yl)(butyl)phosphine (1.27 g, 3.5 mmol), K2CO3 (14.7 g, 106 mmol) and PvOH (1.08 g, 10.61 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was bubbled with N2 for 5 min then the reaction mixture was heated to 100 °C for 3 h. After this time, the solution was cooled to rt and water (200 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was then extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (200 mL), brine (200 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by normal phase chromatography eluting with a gradient of hexanes/EtOAc afforded (S)-tert-butyl ( 1 -(4-( 1 -(difluoromethyl)-4-nitro- lH-pyrazol-5 -yl)pyridin-2-yl)but-3 -en- 1 -yl)carbamate (12.91 g, 31.5 mmol, 89% yield) as a slightly yellow oil. MS(ESI) m/z: 410.4 [M+H]+. 1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ 8.80 (dd, J=5.1, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.34 (s, 1H), 7.31 (dd, J=5.1, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.27 – 6.91 (t, J=58 Hz, 1H), 5.79 – 5.63 (m, 1H), 5.16 – 5.03 (m, 2H), 4.92 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 1H), 2.67 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.46 (br. s., 9H).

1C. Preparation of 
(l-(4-(4-amino-l -(difluoromethyl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-2-yl)but-3 -en- 1 -yl)carbamate

To a 100 mL, 3-necked RBF was added a solution of (S)-tert-butyl (l-(4-(l-(difluoromethyl)-4-nitro-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-2-yl)but-3-en-l-yl)carbamate (0.78 g, 1.90 mmol) in MeOH (12 mL) and a solution of NH4C1 (1.02 g, 19 mmol) in water (3 mL). To the solution was added Fe (0.53 g, 9.49 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 65 °C for 3 h. Water (50 mL) was added. After cooling to rt, the mixture was filtered through a CELITE® pad and rinsed with MeOH (200 mL). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between EtOAC (100 mL) and water (100 mL). The organic phase was separated, washed with water (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by normal phase chromatography eluting with a gradient of DCM/MeOH yielded (S)-tert-butyl (l-(4-(4-amino- 1 -(difluoromethyl)- lH-pyrazol-5 -yl)pyridin-2-yl)but-3 -en- 1 -yl)carbamate (0.585 g, 1.54 mmol, 81% yield) as an oil. MS(ESI) m/z: 380.1 [M+H]+. 1H NMR (400MHz,

CDC13) δ 8.70 (dd, J=5.0, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J=5.1, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.28 – 6.97 (t, J=58 Hz, 1H), 5.80 – 5.66 (m, 1H), 5.65 – 5.53 (m, 1H), 5.13 – 5.03 (m, 2H), 4.87 (br. s., 1H), 3.22 (br. s., 2H), 2.65 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 1.52 – 1.37 (m, 9H).

ID. Preparation of tert-butyl ((5)-l-(4-(l-(difiuoromethyl)-4-((i?)-2-methylbut-3-enamido)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-2-yl)but-3-en- 1 -yl)carbamate

To a N2 flushed, 3 -necked, 250 mL RBF was added a solution of {S)-tert-bvXy\ (1-(4-(4-amino-l-(difluoromethyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-2-yl)but-3-en-l-yl)carbamate (5 g, 13.18 mmol) and EtOAc (50 ml). The solution was cooled to -10 °C and (R)-2-methylbut-3-enoic acid, as prepared in Example 2, (1.72 g, 17.13 mmol), pyridine (4.26 ml, 52.7 mmol). and T3P® (23.54 ml, 39.5 mmol) were added. The cooling bath was removed and the solution was allowed to warm to rt and then stir over a period of 20 h. Water (30 mL) and EtOAc (30 mL) were added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over

Na2SC”4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by normal phase

chromatography eluting with a gradient of hexanes/EtOAc gave tert-butyl ((5)-l-(4-(l-(difluoromethyl)-4-((i?)-2-methylbut-3-enamido)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-2-yl)but-3-en-l-yl)carbamate (5.69 g, 12.33 mmol, 94% yield). MS(ESI) m/z: 462.2 [M+H]+. 1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ 8.75 (dd, J=5.0, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.32 (t, J=59 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (br. s., 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 5.97 – 5.85 (m, 1H), 5.78 – 5.65 (m, 1H), 5.56 – 5.44 (m, 1H), 5.28 – 5.19 (m, 2H), 5.12 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.91 – 4.82 (m, 1H), 3.20 – 3.11 (m, 1H), 2.72 – 2.62 (m, 2H), 1.48 – 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.33 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).

IE. Preparation of tert-butyl N-[(9i?,10E,135)-3-(difluoromethyl)-9-methyl-8-oxo-3,4,7,15-tetraazatricyclo[12.3.1.026]octadeca-l(18),2(6),4,10,14,16-hexaen-13-yl] carbamate

To a N2 flushed, 2 L, 3 -necked, RBF was added a solution of tert-butyl ((S)-l-(4-(1 -(difluoromethyl)-4-((i?)-2-methylbut-3 -enamido)- lH-pyrazol-5 -yl)pyridin-2-yl)but-3 -en-l-yl)carbamate (3 g, 6.50 mmol) in EtOAc (1300 ml). The solution was sparged with argon for 15 min. Grubbs II (1.38 g, 1.63 mmol) was added in one portion. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 24 h. After cooling to rt, the solvent was removed and the residue was purified by normal phase chromatography eluting with a gradient of DCM/MeOH to yield tert-butyl N-[(9R, 10E, 135)-3-(difluoromethyl)-9-methyl-8-oxo-3,4,7,15-tetraazatricyclo[12.3.1.026]octadeca-l(18),2(6),4,10,14,16-hexaen-13-yl]carbamate (2.13 g, 4.91 mmol, 76% yield) as a tan solid. MS(ESI) m/z: 434.4 [M+H]+. 1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ 8.71 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.44 – 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.36 (br. s., 1H), 7.27 (t, J=58 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 6.49 – 6.39 (m, 1H), 5.78 (s, 1H), 4.80 (br. s., 2H), 3.18 – 3.08 (m, 1H), 3.08 – 2.98 (m, 1H), 2.06 – 1.93 (m, 1H), 1.51 (s, 9H), 1.19 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H).

IF. Preparation of tert-butyl N-[(9i?,135)-3-(difluoromethyl)-9-methyl-8-oxo-3,4,7,15-tetraazatricyclo[12.3.1.026]octadeca-l(18),2(6),4,14,16-pentaen-13-yl]carbamate

Pd/C (0.60 g, 0.570 mmol) was added to a 250 mL Parr hydrogenation flask containing a solution of tert-butyl N-[(9i?,10E,135)-3-(difluoromethyl)-9-methyl-8-oxo-3,4,7,15-tetraazatricyclo[12.3.1.026]octadeca-l(18),2(6),4,10,14,16-hexaen-13-yljcarbamate (2.46 g, 5.68 mmol) in EtOH (100 mL). The flask was purged with N2 and pressurized to 55 psi of H2 allowed to stir for 18 h. The reaction was filtered through CELITE® and concentrated to yield tert-butyl N-[(9i?,135)-3-(difluoromethyl)-9-methyl-8-oxo-3,4,7,15-tetraazatricyclo[12.3.1.026]octadeca-l(18),2(6),4,14,16-pentaen-13-yl]carbamate (2.17 g, 88% yield) as a tan solid. MS(ESI) m/z: 436.3 [M+H]+. 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.32 (s, 1H), 8.71 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (t, J=58 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 2.62 (br. s., 1H), 1.88 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 1.77 – 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.42 – 1.28 (m, 9H), 1.15 (d, J=18.2 Hz, 2H), 0.83 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).

I G. Preparation of (9R, 13S)-l 3-amino-3-(difiuoromethyl)-9-methyl-3,4,7, 15-tetraazatricyclo[ 12.3.1.026]octadeca- 1(18),2(6),4, 14,16-pentaen-8-one

4 N HC1 in dioxane (3.88 mL, 15.5 mmol) was added to a solution of tert-butyl N-[(9R, 13S)-3-(difluoromethyl)-9-methyl-8-oxo-3,4,7, 15-tetraazatricyclo[12.3.1.026] octadeca-l(18),2(6),4,14,16-pentaen-13-yl]carbamate (2.25 g, 5.2 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL). The reaction was allowed to stir at rt for 2 h. The reaction was cooled in an ice bath, and 7 N NH3 in MeOH (13.3 mL, 93.0 mmol) was added. After 5 min, the reaction was diluted with CH2C12 (80 mL) and the solid that formed was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to yield (9i?,135)-13-amino-3-(difluoromethyl)-9-methyl-3,4,7,15-tetraazatricyclo[12.3.1.026]octadeca-l(18),2(6),4,14,16-pentaen-8-one (1.3 g, 3.88 mmol, 75% yield). MS(ESI) m/z: 336.3 [M+H]+. 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 8.71 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (t, J=58 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (dd, J=10.2, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 2.63 – 2.53 (m, 1H), 1.90 – 1.69 (m, 2H), 1.53 -1.36 (m, 2H), 1.16 – 1.00 (m, 1H), 0.85 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).

1H. Preparation of (9i?,135)-13-{4-[5-chloro-2-(4-chloro-lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)phenyl]-6-oxo- 1 ,6-dihydropyrimidin- 1 -yl} -3-(difluoromethyl)-9-methyl-3 ,4,7, 15-tetraazatricyclo [12.3.1.026]octadeca- 1 ( 18),2(6),4, 14,16-pentaen-8-one.

To a 100 mL flask containing a white suspension of 6-(5-chloro-2-(4-chloro-lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)phenyl)pyrimidin-4-ol (0.83 g, 2.7 mmol), as prepared in Example 4 in ACN (36 mL) was added HATU (1.12 g, 3.0 mmol) and DBU (0.53 mL, 3.5 mmol). The resulting clear, yellow solution was stirred at rt. After 5 min, (9i?,135)-13-amino-3-(difluoromethyl)-9-methyl-3,4,7,15-tetraazatricyclo[12.3.1.026]octadeca-l(18),2(6),4,14,16-pentaen-8-one (0.9 g, 2.68 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 3 h. The reaction was then concentrated and purified by normal phase silica gel chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0% to 100% EtOAc in hexanes to yield (9i?,135)-13-{4-[5-chloro-2-(4-chloro-lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)phenyl]-6-oxo- 1 ,6-dihydropyrimidin- 1 -yl} -3-(difluoromethyl)-9-methyl-3 ,4,7, 15-tetraazatricyclo [12.3.1.026]octadeca-l(18),2(6),4,14,16-pentaen-8-one (0.87 g, 50% yield) as a white solid. MS(ESI) m/z: 626.2 [M+H]+. 1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.91 – 8.83 (m, 1H), 8.78 – 8.71 (m, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (s, 2H), 7.69 – 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.63 (t, J=58 Hz, 1H), 7.52 – 7.50 (m, 1H), 6.36 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H),

6.06 – 5.95 (m, 1H), 2.76 – 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.36 – 2.21 (m, 1H), 2.08 – 1.93 (m, 2H), 1.63 -1.53 (m, 1H), 1.53 – 1.42 (m, 1H), 0.99 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H). Analytical HPLC (Method A): RT = 8.87 min, purity = 99.7%.


///////////MILVEXIAN, BMS 986177, JNJ 70033093,  JNJ 3093, WHO 11401, ミルベクシアン ,

C[C@@H]1CCC[C@H](N2C=NC(=CC2=O)c3cc(Cl)ccc3n4cc(Cl)nn4)c5cc(ccn5)c6c(NC1=O)cnn6C(F)F

Triheptanoin

$
0
0
Skeletal formula of triheptanoin

Triheptanoin

Approved US FDA 30/6/2020 Dojolvi UX 007

Triheptanoin is a source of heptanoate fatty acids, which can be metabolized without the enzymes of long chain fatty acid oxidation.4 In clinical trials, patients with long chain fatty acid oxidation disorders (lc-FAODs) treated with triheptanoin are less likely to develop hypoglycemia, cardiomyopathy, rhabdomyolysis, and hepatomegaly.1,2 Complications in lc-FAOD patients are reduced from approximately 60% to approximately 10% with the addition of triheptanoin.2

Triheptanoin was granted FDA approval on 30 June 2020.4

Triheptanoin, sold under the brand name Dojolvi, is a medication for the treatment of children and adults with molecularly confirmed long-chain fatty acid oxidation disorders (LC-FAOD).[1][2][3]

The most common adverse reactions include abdominal pain, diarrhea, vomiting, and nausea.[1][2][3]

Triheptanoin was approved for medical use in the United States in June 2020.[4][2][3]

Triheptanoin is a triglyceride that is composed of three seven-carbon (C7:0) fatty acids. These odd-carbon fatty acids are able to provide anaplerotic substrates for the TCA cycle. Triheptanoin is used clinically in humans to treat inherited metabolic diseases, such as pyruvate carboxylase deficiency and carnitine palmitoyltransferase II deficiency. It also appears to increase the efficacy of the ketogenic diet as a treatment for epilepsy.

Since triheptanoin is composed of odd-carbon fatty acids, it can produce ketone bodies with five carbon atoms, as opposed to even-carbon fatty acids which are metabolized to ketone bodies with four carbon atoms. The five-carbon ketones produced from triheptanoin are beta-ketopentanoate and beta-hydroxypentanoate. Each of these ketone bodies easily crosses the blood–brain barrier and enters the brain.

Medical uses

Dojolvi is indicated as a source of calories and fatty acids for the treatment of children and adults with molecularly confirmed long-chain fatty acid oxidation disorders (LC-FAOD).[1][2]

History

Triheptanoin was designated an orphan drug by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in 2006, 2008, 2014, and 2015.[5][6][7][8] Triheptanoin was also designated an orphan drug by the European Medicines Agency (EMA).[9][10][11][12][13][14][15][16]

Triheptanoin was approved for medical use in the United States in June 2020.[4][2]

The FDA approved triheptanoin based on evidence from three clinical trials (Trial 1/NCT018863, Trial 2/NCT022141 and Trial 3/NCT01379625).[3] The trials enrolled children and adults with LC-FAOD.[3] Trials 1 and 2 were conducted at 11 sites in the United States and the United Kingdom, and Trial 3 was conducted at two sites in the United States.[3]

Trial 1 and Trial 2 were used to evaluate the side effects of triheptanoin.[3] Both trials enrolled children and adults diagnosed with LC-FAOD.[3] In Trial 1, participants received triheptanoin for 78 weeks.[3] Trial 2 enrolled participants from other trials who were already treated with triheptanoin (including those from Trial 1) as well as participants who were never treated with triheptanoin before.[3] Trial 2 is still ongoing and is planned to last up to five years.[3]

The benefit of triheptanoin was evaluated in Trial 3 which enrolled enrolled children and adults with LC-FAOD.[3] Half of the participants received triheptanoin and half received trioctanoin for four months.[3] Neither the participants nor the investigators knew which treatment was given until the end of the trial.[3] The benefit of triheptanoin in comparison to trioctanoin was assessed by measuring the changes in heart and muscle function.[3]

Names

Triheptanoin is the international nonproprietary name.[17]

SYN

https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/ejlt.201100425

Synthesis of triheptanoin and formulation as a solid diet for rodents -  Semak - 2012 - European Journal of Lipid Science and Technology - Wiley  Online Library

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c d “Dojolvi- triheptanoin liquid”DailyMed. 30 June 2020. Retrieved 24 September2020.
  2. Jump up to:a b c d e “Ultragenyx Announces U.S. FDA Approval of Dojolvi (UX007/triheptanoin), the First FDA-Approved Therapy for the Treatment of Long-chain Fatty Acid Oxidation Disorders”. Ultragenyx Pharmaceutical. 30 June 2020. Retrieved 30 June 2020 – via GlobeNewswire.
  3. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o “Drug Trials Snapshots: Dojolvi”U.S. Food and Drug Administration. 30 June 2020. Retrieved 16 July 2020.
  4. Jump up to:a b “Dojolvi: FDA-Approved Drugs”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Retrieved 30 June 2020.
  5. ^ “Triheptanoin Orphan Drug Designations and Approvals”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 26 May 2006. Retrieved 30 June 2020.
  6. ^ “Triheptanoin Orphan Drug Designations and Approvals”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 1 February 2008. Retrieved 30 June 2020.
  7. ^ “Triheptanoin Orphan Drug Designations and Approvals”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 21 October 2014. Retrieved 30 June 2020.
  8. ^ “Triheptanoin Orphan Drug Designations and Approvals”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 15 April 2015. Retrieved 30 June 2020.
  9. ^ “EU/3/12/1081”European Medicines Agency (EMA). Retrieved 30 June 2020.
  10. ^ “EU/3/12/1082”European Medicines Agency (EMA). Retrieved 30 June 2020.
  11. ^ “EU/3/15/1495”European Medicines Agency (EMA). Retrieved 30 June 2020.
  12. ^ “EU/3/15/1508”European Medicines Agency (EMA). Retrieved 30 June 2020.
  13. ^ “EU/3/15/1524”European Medicines Agency (EMA). Retrieved 30 June 2020.
  14. ^ “EU/3/15/1525”European Medicines Agency (EMA). Retrieved 30 June 2020.
  15. ^ “EU/3/15/1526”European Medicines Agency (EMA). Retrieved 30 June 2020.
  16. ^ “EU/3/16/1710”European Medicines Agency (EMA). Retrieved 30 June 2020.
  17. ^ World Health Organization (2019). “International nonproprietary names for pharmaceutical substances (INN): recommended INN: list 82”. WHO Drug Information33 (3): 694. hdl:10665/330879. License: CC BY-NC-SA 3.0 IGO.

Further reading

External links

  • “Triheptanoin”Drug Information Portal. U.S. National Library of Medicine.
  • Clinical trial number NCT01379625 for “Study of Triheptanoin for Treatment of Long-Chain Fatty Acid Oxidation Disorder (Triheptanoin)” at ClinicalTrials.gov
Clinical data
Trade namesDojolvi
Other namesUX007
AHFS/Drugs.comProfessional Drug Facts
License dataUS DailyMedTriheptanoin
Pregnancy
category
US: N (Not classified yet)
Routes of
administration
By mouth
Drug classGlycerolipids
ATC codeNone
Legal status
Legal statusUS: ℞-only [1]
Identifiers
IUPAC name[show]
CAS Number620-67-7 
PubChem CID69286
DrugBankDB11677
ChemSpider62497 
UNII2P6O7CFW5K
KEGGD11465
ChEMBLChEMBL4297585
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)DTXSID40862306 
ECHA InfoCard100.009.681 
Chemical and physical data
FormulaC24H44O6
Molar mass428.610 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)Interactive image
SMILES[hide]CCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COC(=O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCC
InChI[hide]InChI=1S/C24H44O6/c1-4-7-10-13-16-22(25)28-19-21(30-24(27)18-15-12-9-6-3)20-29-23(26)17-14-11-8-5-2/h21H,4-20H2,1-3H3 Key:PJHKBYALYHRYSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 

//////////Triheptanoin, Dojolvi,  UX 007, FDA 2020, 2020 APPROVALS

Prescription Products

NAMEDOSAGESTRENGTHROUTELABELLERMARKETING STARTMARKETING END  
DojolviLiquid0.96 g/1mLOralUltragenyx Pharmaceutical Inc.2020-07-01Not applicableUS flag

SPINOSAD

$
0
0
ChemSpider 2D Image | Spinosad | C83H132N2O20
Spinosyns
str1
str1

Spinosad

Spinosyn A: The chemical name is: 1H-as-Indaceno[3,2- d]oxacyclododecin-7,a5-dione, 2-[(6-deoxy-2,3,4-tri-O-methyl-alphaL-mannopyranosyl)oxy]-13-[[2R,5S,6R)-5-(dimethylamino) tetrahydro-6-methyl-2H-pyran-2-yl]oxy]-9-ethyl2,3,3a,5a,5b,6,9,10,11,12,13,14,16a,16b-tetradecahydro-14-metyl-, (2R,3aS,5aR,5bS,9S,13S,14R,16aS,16bR)-

Spinosyn D: The chemical name is: 1H-as-Indaceno[3,2- d]oxacyclododecin-7,15-dione, 2-[(6-deoxy-2,3,4-tri-O-methyl-alphaL-mannopyranosyl)oxy]-13-[[2R,5S,6R)-5-(dimethylamino) tetrahydro-6-methyl-2H-pyran-2-yl]oxy]-9-ethyl2,3,3a,5a,5b,6,9,10,11,12,13,14,16a,16b-tetradecahydro-4,14-dimetyl-, (2S,3aSR,5aS,5bS,9S,13S,14R,16aS,16bS)-

168316-95-8

  • Molecular FormulaC83H132N2O20
  • Average mass1477.938 Da
  • Comfortis
  • Conserve
  • EC 434-300-1
  • Natroba
  • NaturaLyte
  • Spinosad
  • Tracer
  • Tracer Naturalyte
  • UNII-XPA88EAP6V
  • XDE 105

Natroba (Spinosad) Suspension 0.9% ParaPro Pharma

New Drug Application (NDA): 022408 appr 01/18/2011

spinosad, is a new molecular entity, and a fermentation product produced by the actinomycete, Saccharopolyspora spinosa. Spinosad contains two components, spinosyn A and D. T

Figure 1

Figure 1. Structure of spinosyn A and DTitle: SpinosynsCAS Registry Number: 131929-60-7Literature References: Class of fermentation derived 12 membered macrocyclic lactones in a unique tetracyclic ring. At least 20 spinosyns have been isolated from Saccharopolyspora spinosa; variations in the two sugars account for most of the structural and insecticidal activity differences. Isolation and biological activity: L. D. Boeck et al.,EP375316 (1990 to Lilly); eidem,US5496931 (1996 to DowElanco); and structure determn: H. A. Kirst et al.,Tetrahedron Lett.32, 4839 (1991). Soil degradation: K. A. Hale, D. E. Portwood, J. Environ. Sci. HealthB31, 477 (1996). HPLC determn in vegetables: L.-T. Yeh et al.,J. Agric. Food Chem.45, 1746 (1997); in soil and water: S. D. West, ibid. 3107. Uptake and metabolism in larvae: T. C. Sparks et al.,Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf.2, 1259 (1997). Mode of action study: V. L. Salgado et al.,Pestic. Biochem. Physiol.60, 103 (1998). Review of physical and biological properties: C. V. DeAmicis et al.,ACS Symp. Ser.658, 144-154 (1997). Review: G. D. Crouse, T. C. Sparks, Rev. Toxicol.2, 133-146 (1998). 
Derivative Type: Spinosyn Acas 131929-60-7CAS Name: (2R,3aS,5aR,5bS,9S,13S,14R,16aS,16bR)-2-[(6-Deoxy-2,3,4-tri-O-methyl-a-L-mannopyranosyl)oxy]-13-[[(2R,5S,6R)-5-(dimethylamino)tetrahydro-6-methyl-2H-pyran-2-yl]oxy]-9-ethyl-2,3,3a,5a,5b,6,9,10,11,12,13,14,16a,16b-tetradecahydro-14-methyl-1H-as-indaceno[3,2-d]oxacyclododecin-7,15-dioneAdditional Names: lepicidin AManufacturers’ Codes: A-83543A; LY-232105Molecular Formula: C41H65NO10Molecular Weight: 731.96Percent Composition: C 67.28%, H 8.95%, N 1.91%, O 21.86%Literature References: Total synthesis: L. A. Paquette et al.,J. Am. Chem. Soc.120, 2553 (1998).Properties: White, odorless crystalline solid, mp 118°. pKa 8.1. uv max (methanol): 243 nm (e 11000). [a]27436 -262.7° (methanol). Vapor pressure: 2.4 ´ 10-10. Soly in water (ppm): 290 (pH 5), 235 (pH 7), 16 (pH 9), distilled 20. Soly (w/v%): methanol 19, acetone 17, dichloromethane >50, hexane 0.45%. LD50 in rats (mg/kg): 3783-5000 orally (Crouse).Melting point: mp 118°pKa: pKa 8.1Optical Rotation: [a]27436 -262.7° (methanol)Absorption maximum: uv max (methanol): 243 nm (e 11000)Toxicity data: LD50 in rats (mg/kg): 3783-5000 orally (Crouse) 
Derivative Type: Spinosyn DCAS Registry Number: 131929-63-0Manufacturers’ Codes: A-83543DMolecular Formula: C42H67NO10Molecular Weight: 745.98Percent Composition: C 67.62%, H 9.05%, N 1.88%, O 21.45%Properties: Odorless, white crystalline solid. mp 169°. pKa 7.8. uv max (methanol): 243 nm (e 11000). [a]27436 -297.5° (methanol). Vapor pressure: 2.0 ´ 10-10. Soly in water (ppm): 28 (pH 5), 0.329 (pH 7), 0.04 (pH 9), distilled 1.3. Soly (w/v%): methanol 0.25, acetone 1.0, dichloromethane 45, hexane 0.07%.Melting point: mp 169°pKa: pKa 7.8Optical Rotation: [a]27436 -297.5° (methanol)Absorption maximum: uv max (methanol): 243 nm (e 11000) 
Derivative Type: SpinosadCAS Registry Number: 168316-95-8Manufacturers’ Codes: XDE-105; DE-105Trademarks: Conserve (Dow AgroSci.); Justice (Dow AgroSci.); Naturalyte (Dow AgroSci.); SpinTor (Dow AgroSci.); Success (Dow AgroSci.); Tracer (Dow AgroSci.)Literature References: Mixture of spinosyns A and D. Effect on beneficial insects: D. Murray, R. Lloyd, Australian Cottongrower18, 62 (1997).Properties: Light grey to white crystals (tech). LD50 in rats, mallard ducks, quail (mg/kg): >3600, >2000, >2000 orally (Crouse).Toxicity data: LD50 in rats, mallard ducks, quail (mg/kg): >3600, >2000, >2000 orally (Crouse) 
Use: Insecticide.(2R,3aS,5aR,5bS,9S,13S,14R,16aS,16bR)-13-{[(2R,5S,6R)-5-(Dimethylamino)-6-methyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl]oxy}-9-ethyl-14-methyl-7,15-dioxo-2,3,3a,5a,5b,6,7,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16a,16b-hexadecahydro-1H ;-as-indaceno[3,2-d]oxacyclododecin-2-yl 6-deoxy-2,3,4-tri-O-methyl-α-L-mannopyranoside – (2S,3aR,5aS,5bS,9S,13S,14R,16aS,16bS)-13-{[(2R,5S,6R)-5-(dimethylamino)-6-methyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl]ox y}-9-ethyl-4,14-dimethyl-7,15-dioxo-2,3,3a,5
1H-as-Indaceno[3,2-d]oxacyclododecin-7,15-dione, 2-[(6-deoxy-2,3,4-tri-O-methyl-α-L-mannopyranosyl)oxy]-13-[[(2R,5S,6R)-5-(dimethylamino)tetrahydro-6-methyl-2H-pyran-2-yl]oxy]-9-ethyl-2,3,3a,5a,5b ,6,9,10,11,12,13,14,16a,16b-tetradecahydro-14-methyl-, (2R,3aS,5aR,5bS,9S,13S,14R,16aS,16bR)-, compd. with (2S,3aR,5aS,5bS,9S,13S,14R,16aS,16bS)-2-[(6-deoxy-2,3,4-tri-O-methyl-α-L-mannopyranosyl)o xy]-13-[[(2R,5S,6R)-5-(dimethylamino)tetrahySpinosad[USAN] [Wiki]168316-95-8 [RN]1H-as-Indaceno[3,2-d]oxacyclododecin-7,15-dione, 2-[(6-deoxy-2,3,4-tri-O-methyl-α-L-mannopyranosyl)oxy]-13-[[2R,5S,6R)-5-(dimethylamino) tetrahydro-6-methyl-2H-pyran-2-yl]oxy]-9-ethyl-2,3,3a,5a,5b,6,9,10,11,12,13,14,16a,16b-tetradecahydro-4,14-dimetyl-,(2S,3aSR,5aS,5bS,9S,13S,14R,16aS,16bS)-1H-as-Indaceno[3,2-d]oxacyclododecin-7,a5-dione, 2-[(6-deoxy-2,3,4-tri-O-methyl-α-L-mannopyranosyl)oxy]-13-[[2R,5S,6R)-5-(dimethylamino) tetrahydro-6-methyl-2H-pyran-2-yl]oxy]-9-ethyl-2,3,3a,5a,5b,6,9,10,11,12,13,14,16a,16b-tetradecahydro-14-metyl-, (2R,3aS,5aR,5bS,9S,13S,14R,16aS,16bR)-NAF-144Spinosad|spinosyn A and D (mixture)spinosyn A and D (mixture)

Spinosad is an insecticide based on chemical compounds found in the bacterial species Saccharopolyspora spinosa. The genus Saccharopolyspora was discovered in 1985 in isolates from crushed sugarcane. The bacteria produce yellowish-pink aerial hyphae, with bead-like chains of spores enclosed in a characteristic hairy sheath.[1] This genus is defined as aerobic, Gram-positive, nonacid-fast actinomycetes with fragmenting substrate mycelium. S. spinosa was isolated from soil collected inside a nonoperational sugar mill rum still in the Virgin Islands. Spinosad is a mixture of chemical compounds in the spinosyn family that has a generalized structure consisting of a unique tetracyclic ring system attached to an amino sugar (D-forosamine) and a neutral sugar (tri-Ο-methyl-L-rhamnose).[2] Spinosad is relatively nonpolar and not easily dissolved in water.[3]

Spinosad is a novel mode-of-action insecticide derived from a family of natural products obtained by fermentation of S. spinosa. Spinosyns occur in over 20 natural forms, and over 200 synthetic forms (spinosoids) have been produced in the lab.[4] Spinosad contains a mix of two spinosoids, spinosyn A, the major component, and spinosyn D (the minor component), in a roughly 17:3 ratio.[1

Mode of action

Spinosad is highly active, by both contact and ingestion, in numerous insect species.[5] Its overall protective effect varies with insect species and life stage. It affects certain species only in the adult stage, but can affect other species at more than one life stage. The species subject to very high rates of mortality as larvae, but not as adults, may gradually be controlled through sustained larval mortality.[5] The mode of action of spinosoid insecticides is by a neural mechanism.[6] The spinosyns and spinosoids have a novel mode of action, primarily targeting binding sites on nicotinic acetylcholine receptors (nAChRs) of the insect nervous system that are distinct from those at which other insecticides have their activity. Spinosoid binding leads to disruption of acetylcholine neurotransmission.[2] Spinosad also has secondary effects as a γ-amino-butyric acid (GABA) neurotransmitter agonist.[2] It kills insects by hyperexcitation of the insect nervous system.[2] Spinosad so far has proven not to cause cross-resistance to any other known insecticide.[7]

Use

Spinosad has been used around the world for the control of a variety of insect pests, including LepidopteraDipteraThysanopteraColeopteraOrthoptera, and Hymenoptera, and many others.[8] It was first registered as a pesticide in the United States for use on crops in 1997.[8] Its labeled use rate is set at 1 ppm (1 mg a.i./kg of grain) and its maximum residue limit (MRL) or tolerance is set at 1.5 ppm. Spinosad’s widespread commercial launch was deferred, awaiting final MRL or tolerance approvals in a few remaining grain-importing countries. It is considered a natural product, thus is approved for use in organic agriculture by numerous nations.[5] Two other uses for spinosad are for pets and humans. Spinosad has recently been used in oral preparations (as Comfortis) to treat C. felis, the cat flea, in canines and felines; the optimal dose set for canines is reported to be 30 mg/kg.[2]

Spinosad is sold under the trade names, Comfortis, Trifexis, and Natroba.[9][10] Trifexis also includes milbemycin oxime. Comfortis and Trifexis brands treat adult fleas on pets; the latter also prevents heartworm disease. Natroba is sold for treatment of human head lice. Spinosad is also commonly used to kill thrips.[11][12][13]

Spinosyn A

Spinosyn A does not appear to interact directly with known insecticidal-relevant target sites, but rather acts via a novel mechanism.[6] Spinosyn A resembles a GABA antagonist and is comparable to the effect of avermectin on insect neurons.[4] Spinosyn A is highly active against neonate larvae of the tobacco budworm, Heliothis virescens, and is slightly more biologically active than spinosyn D. In general, spinosyns possessing a methyl group at C6 (spinosyn D-related analogs) tend to be more active and less affected by changes in the rest of the molecule.[7] Spinosyn A is slow to penetrate to the internal fluids of larvae; it is also poorly metabolized once it enters the insect.[7] The apparent lack of spinosyn A metabolism may contribute to its high level of activity, and may compensate for the slow rate of penetration.[7]

Safety and ecotoxicology

Spinosad has high efficacy, a broad insect pest spectrum, low mammalian toxicity, and a good environmental profile, a unique feature of the insecticide compared to others currently used for the protection of grain products.[5] It is regarded as natural product-based, and approved for use in organic agriculture by numerous national and international certifications.[8] Spinosad residues are highly stable on grains stored in bins, with protection ranging from 6 months to 2 years.[5][clarification needed] Ecotoxicology parameters have been reported for spinosad, and are:[14]

  • in rat (Rattus norvegicus Bergenhout, 1769), acute oral: LD50 >5000 mg/kg (nontoxic)
  • in rat (R. norvegicus), acute dermal: LD50 >2000 mg/kg (nontoxic)
  • in California quail (Callipepla californica Shaw, 1798), oral toxicity: LD50 >2000 mg/kg (nontoxic)
  • in duck (Anas platyrhynchos domestica Linnaeus, 1758), dietary toxicity: LC50 >5000 mg/kg (nontoxic)
  • in rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss Walbaum, 1792), LC50-96h = 30.0 mg/l (slightly toxic)
  • in Honeybee (Apis mellifera Linnaeus, 1758), LD50 = 0.0025 mg/bee (highly toxic if directly sprayed on and of dried residues).

Chronic exposure studies failed to induce tumor formation in rats and mice; mice given up to 51 mg/kg/day for 18 months resulted in no tumor formation.[15] Similarly, administration of 25 mg/kg/day to rats for 24 months did not result in tumor formation.[16]

syn

EP 0375,316 (1994, to DowElanco)

US 5496931 (1996 to DowElanco)

PATENT

CN 102190694

https://patents.google.com/patent/CN102190694A/en

Pleocidin compounds (spinosyns) is soil actinomycete thorn many armfuls of bacterium Saccharopolysporaspinosa of sugar secondary metabolites behind aerobic fermentation under developing medium.Pleocidin belongs to macrolides compound, it comprises one a plurality of chiral carbon tetracyclic ring systems (Macrolide tetracycle), big ring is gone up the 9-hydroxyl and is being linked two different hexa-atomic sugar respectively with the 17-hydroxyl, wherein that 17 connections is an aminosugar (Forosamine sugar), and that connect on the 9-position is a rhamnosyl (Rhamnose sugar).Tetracyclic ring system is by one 5,, 6,5-is suitable-and anti–anti–three-loop system condenses one 12 membered macrolide to be formed, and wherein contains an alpha, beta-unsaturated ketone and an independently two key.When 6 on ring is pleocidin A when being substituted by hydrogen, in mixture, account for 85-90%, when ring 6 bit substituents when connecing methyl, be pleocidin D then, in mixture, account for about 10-15%.Up to the present B, C, D, E, F, G, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, T, U, more than 20 derivative such as V, W etc. have been found and have isolated it to comprise Spinosyn A.

The commercialization kind has pleocidin Spinosyns (mixture of pleocidin A and pleocidin D) at present, the s-generation pleocidin insecticides Spinetoram. latter is got through semisynthesis by the thick product pleocidin L of biological method preparation and the mixture of J, promptly by 5 of pleocidin J, 6 two key selective reductions, reach 3 ‘ O-ethylization of rhamnosyl and obtain its major ingredient, ethylizing by 3 ‘ O-of pleocidin L rhamnosyl obtains its minor consistuent.

The pleocidin compound can be controlled lepidopteran, Diptera and Thysanoptera insect effectively.It can prevent and treat the pest species of some blade of eating in a large number in Coleoptera and the Orthoptera well.Pleocidin has very high activity to lepidopterous larvaes such as Heliothis virescens, bollworm, beet armyworm, prodenia litura, cabbage looper, small cabbage moth and rice-stem borers, and they are suitable environmental protection, have interesting toxicology character.

U.S. Patent No. 5362634 discloses the derivative that natural pleocidin is replaced by methyl or ethyl on C-21, U.S. Patent application No.60/153513 has disclosed the natural butenyl pleocidin derivative that the 3-4 carbochain replaces on C-21.Pleocidin derivative (John Daeuble, ThomasC.Sparks, Peter Johnson, Paul R.Graupner, the Bioorganic ﹠amp that can prepare C-21 position different substituents by replacement(metathesis)reaction; Medicinal Chemistry17 (2009) 4197-4205).U.S. Patent No. 6001981A, WO 9700265A have openly opened the chemosynthesis of pleocidin compound and have modified, and comprise aminosugar and rhamnosyl and the big chemically modified that encircles in the structure.

PATENT

https://patents.google.com/patent/WO2002077005A1/en

Spinosyns (A83543) are produced by derivatives of Saccharopolyspora spinosa NRRL18395 including strains NRRL 18537, 18538, 18539, 18719, 18720, 18743 and 18823 and derivatives thereof. A more preferred nomenclature for spinosyns is to refer to the pseudoaglycones as spinosyn A 17-Psa, spinosyn D 17-Psa, etc., and to the reverse pseudoaglycones as spinosyn A 9-Psa, spinosyn D 9-Psa, etc. (see Kirst et al., 1991). The known members of this family have been referred to as factors or components, and each has been given an identifying letter designation. These compounds are hereinafter referred to as spinosyn A, B, etc. The spinosyn compounds are useful for the control of arachnids, nematodes and insects, in particular Lepidoptera and Diptera species, and they are quite environmentally friendly and have an appealing toxicological profile. [0004] U.S. Patent No. 5,362,634 and corresponding European Patent Application No. 375316 Al disclose spinosyns A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, and J. WO 93/09126 discloses spinosyns L, M, N, Q, R, S, and T. WO 94/20518 and US 5,6704,486 disclose spinosyns K,

O, P, U, V, W, and Y, and derivatives thereof. A large number of synthetic modifications to spinosyn compounds have been made, as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,001,981 and WO

97/00265.

PAPER

J. Am. Chem. Soc. 120, 2553 (1998).

Further reading

References

  1. Jump up to:a b Mertz, Frederick; Raymond C. Yao (Jan 1990). “Saccharopolyspora spinosa sp. nov. Isolated from soil Collected in a Sugar Mill Rum Still”International Journal of Systematic Bacteriology40 (1): 34–39. doi:10.1099/00207713-40-1-34.
  2. Jump up to:a b c d e Qiao, Meihua; Daniel E. Snyder; Jeffery Meyer; Alan G. Zimmerman; Meihau Qiao; Sonya J. Gissendanner; Larry R. Cruthers; Robyn L. Slone; Davide R. Young (12 September 2007). “Preliminary Studies on the effectiveness of the novel pulicide, spinosad, for the treatment and control of fleas on dogs”. Veterinary Parasitology150 (4): 345–351. doi:10.1016/j.vetpar.2007.09.011PMID 17980490.
  3. ^ Crouse, Gary; Thomas C Sparks; Joseph Schoonover; James Gifford; James Dripps; Tim Brue; Larry L Larson; Joseph Garlich; Chris Hatton; Rober L Hill; Thomas V Worden; Jacek G Martynow (27 September 2000). “Recent advances in the chemistry of spinosyns”. Pest Manag Sci57 (2): 177–185. doi:10.1002/1526-4998(200102)57:2<177::AID-PS281>3.0.CO;2-ZPMID 11455648.
  4. Jump up to:a b Watson, Gerald (31 May 2001). “Actions of Insecticidal Spinosyns on gama-Aminobutyric Acid Responses for Small-Diameter Cockroach Neurons”. Pesticide Biochemistry and Physiology71: 20–28. doi:10.1006/pest.2001.2559.
  5. Jump up to:a b c d e Hertlein, Mark; Gary D. Thompson; Bhadriraju Subramanyam; Christos G. Athanassiou (12 January 2011). “Spinosad: A new natural product for stored grain protection”Stored Products47 (3): 131–146. doi:10.1016/j.jspr.2011.01.004. Retrieved 3 May 2012.
  6. Jump up to:a b Orr, Nailah; Andrew J. Shaffner; Kimberly Richey; Gary D. Crouse (30 April 2009). “Novel mode of action of spinosad: Receptor binding studies demonstrating lack of interaction with known insecticidal target sites”. Pesticide Biochemistry and Physiology95: 1–5. doi:10.1016/j.pestbp.2009.04.009.
  7. Jump up to:a b c d Sparks, Thomas; Gary D crouse; Gregory Durst (30 March 2001). “Natural products as insecticides: the biology, biochemistry and quantitative structure-activity relationships of spinosyns and spinosoids”. Pest Manag Sci57 (10): 896–905. doi:10.1002/ps.358PMID 11695182.
  8. Jump up to:a b c Sparks, Thomas; James E. Dripps; Gerald B Watson; Doris Paroonagian (6 November 2012). “Resistance and cross-resistance to the spinosyns- A review and analysis”Pesticide Biochemistry and Physiology102: 1–10. doi:10.1016/j.pestbp.2011.11.004. Retrieved 17 November 2011.
  9. ^ “Spinosad international brands”Drugs.com. 3 January 2020. Retrieved 30 January2020.
  10. ^ “Spinosad US brands”Drugs.com. 3 January 2020. Retrieved 30 January 2020.
  11. ^ “Spinosad – brand name list from”. Drugs.com. Retrieved 2012-10-20.
  12. ^ “UC Davis School of Vet Med”. Vetmed.ucdavis.edu. Retrieved 2012-10-20.
  13. ^ “Safer Flea Control | Insects in the City”. Citybugs.tamu.edu. Retrieved 2012-10-20.
  14. ^ “Codling Moth and Leafroller Control Using Chemicals” (PDF). Entomology.tfrec.wsu.edu. Retrieved 2012-10-20.
  15. ^ Stebbins, K. E. (2002). “Spinosad Insecticide: Subchronic and Chronic Toxicity and Lack of Carcinogenicity in CD-1 Mice”Toxicological Sciences65 (2): 276–287. doi:10.1093/toxsci/65.2.276PMID 11812932. Retrieved 2015-03-08.
  16. ^ Yano, B. L. (2002). “Spinosad Insecticide: Subchronic and Chronic Toxicity and Lack of Carcinogenicity in Fischer 344 Rats”Toxicological Sciences65 (2): 288–298. doi:10.1093/toxsci/65.2.288PMID 11812933. Retrieved 2015-03-08.

External links

Spinosyn A
Spinosyn D
Identifiers
CAS Number168316-95-8 (A)131929-60-7 (D)
ChEBICHEBI:9230 (A) CHEBI:9232 (D) 
ChEMBLChEMBL1615373
ChemSpider16736513 
ECHA InfoCard100.103.254
PubChem CID183094 (A)443059 (D)
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)DTXSID7032478 
InChI[show]
Properties
Chemical formulaC41H65NO10 (A)
C42H67NO10 (D)
Pharmacology
ATCvet codeQP53BX03 (WHO)
Except where otherwise noted, data are given for materials in their standard state (at 25 °C [77 °F], 100 kPa).

//////////Spinosad

 Dr. Darrin Lew https://www.drdarrinlew.us/insect-control/production-of-spinosad.html

Production of Spinosad

Last Updated on Tue, 29 Oct 2019 | Insect Control

Spinosad is produced directly from the fermentation of a strain of Saccharo-polyspora spinosa. Production strains of S. spinosa have been selected for increased titers of spinosyns A and D, however, no genetic engineering techniques have been used in this process and no genetically-modified organisms are used in the production process. After fermentation, the spinosyn A and D mixture is extracted from the fermentation broth, precipitated and dried to create technical spinosad, which is then formulated into end-use products. Spinosad technical material is also produced under pharmaceutical manufacturing guidelines to be used as a flea control agent in companion animals.

5.9.2 Production of Spinetoram

Production of spinetoram begins with the fermentation of a mutant strain of Saccharopolyspora spinosa that produces primarily spinosyns J and L, rather than spinosyns A and D. This strain was generated through mutagenesis of S. spinosa. However, like the spinosad-producing strains, no genetic engineering techniques were used in this process and no genetically-modified organisms are used in the production process. After fermentation, the spinosyn J and L mixture is extracted from the fermentation broth and precipitated in preparation for the two chemical synthesis steps required to produce spinetoram. The solvents used in extracting and precipitating the spinosyn J and L mixture are recycled.

Spinosyns J and L, unlike spinosyns A and D, have a free hydroxyl group at the 30-position on the rhamnose sugar, which allows for chemical manipulation of this site (see Figure 5.10). In the first synthetic step, the free hydroxyl at the 30-position in spinosyn J and spinosyn L is ethylated to yield a mixture of 30-O-ethyl spinosyn J and 30-O-ethyl spinosyn L. This material is then hydrogenated to yield a mixture of spinetoram-J (30-O-ethyl-5,6-dihydro spinosyn J; see Figure 5.2, structure 5.5) and spinetoram-L (30-O-ethyl spinosyn L; see Figure 5.2, structure 5.6). The hydrogenation conditions are selective and reduce only the disubstituted double bond between C5 and C6 in the 30-O-ethyl spinosyn J intermediate, leaving the 30-O-ethyl spinosyn L unchanged. The material is crystallized from the reaction mixture and dried to create technical spinetoram, which is then formulated into end-use products.

5.9.3 Formulation Attributes of the Spinosyns

To meet a variety of market needs, spinosad and spinetoram products span a very wide range of formulation types (see Table 5.8).

The range of possible formulations for any pesticide is determined by the physical and chemical properties of the active ingredient. Three primary properties determine the formulation characteristics of the spinosyns: (1) bothSpinosyn InsecticideFigure 5.10 Chemical synthesis steps in spinetoram manufacturing.

Table 5.8 Spinosyn product formulation types and associated uses.

Formulation type

Use pattern

Suspension concentrate

Emulsifiable concentrate Wettable granule Wettable powder Dustable powder Sprayable bait Granular bait Bait stations Granules Tablets

Chewable tablets Gel, paste Creme rinse

Crops, ornamentals, forestry, stored grain, animal health, public health, turf, home and garden Public health Crops

Crops, ornamentals, seed treatment

Stored grain, crops

Crops

Crops, animal health, urban pests

Urban pests

Public health

Public health

Animal health

Urban pests

Public health are fermentation-derived mixtures; (2) both are weak bases; and (3) both have significant solubility in organic solvents.

As fermentation-derived products, spinosad and spinetoram are mixtures composed primarily of two similar, but not identical molecules. In terms of physical properties, a significant difference between the major and minor components of both spinosad and spinetoram is the presence or absence of a methyl group at C6 on the tetracycle (see Table 5.9). With regard to components of spinosad, spinosyn D (methyl group at C6) has a melting point 71 °C higher than that of spinosyn A (hydrogen at C6), and the water solubility of spinosyn D (at pH 7) is almost 1000-fold lower than that of spinosyn A. With regard to the components of spinetoram, spinetoram-L (methyl group at C6) has a melting point 72 °C lower than that of spinetoram-J (hydrogen at C6), and the water solubility of spinetoram-L (at pH 7) is four-fold higher than that of spinetoram-J. The melting points and water solubilities of the mixtures that constitute technical spinosad and technical spinetoram are determined by the relative ratios of the major and minor components.

The predominant components of both spinosad and spinetoram all have pKa values of about 8 (see Table 5.9). As a weak base, the solubility of spinosyns in water increases as the pH is reduced. From a formulation perspective, at pH level above 5, the spinosyns behave like high-melting solids with little water solubility, which results in the predominant agricultural formulations being suspension concentrates and wettable granule formulations composed of milled crystalline particles. Acid salts of spinosyns can be produced and are used in animal health formulations. The basic nature of the spinosyns is also a consideration when combining multiple active ingredients into the same formulation.

The spinosyns have significant solubility in organic solvents (see Table 5.9). This property is relatively rare in high-melting solids with limited water solubility, and has proven to be useful in a number of formulations for

Table 5.9 Selected physical properties of spinosyn A, spinosyn D, spinetoram-

J, and spinetoram-L.

Table 5.9 Selected physical properties of spinosyn A, spinosyn D, spinetoram-

J, and spinetoram-L.

PropertySpinosyn A133Spinosyn D133Spinetoram-J134Spinetoram-L134
Melting point, °C84-99.5a161.6-170a143.4b70.8b
Water solubility,2350.33211.346.7
mg/lc’d’e    
pKaf8.10e7.87e7.86g7.59g
Solubility in organic solvents, mg/Lc  
Acetone168 00010100>250000>250000
Ethyl acetate19400019 000>250000>250000
w-Heptane12 40030023 900>250000
Methanol1900002520163 000>250000
Xylene> 250 00064000>250000>250000

“Visual determination. bDiffential scanning calorimetry. cShake flask. ^Buffered to pH 7. eAt 20 °C.

fCapillary zone electrophoresis. gAt 25 °C.

“Visual determination. bDiffential scanning calorimetry. cShake flask. ^Buffered to pH 7. eAt 20 °C.

fCapillary zone electrophoresis. gAt 25 °C.

non-agricultural markets, such as mosquito control and animal health. It is also a consideration when combining the spinosyns with other active ingredients.

////////

https://aem.asm.org/content/82/18/5603

FIG 1

Lercanidipine

$
0
0
Lercanidipine

LercanidipineCAS Registry Number: 100427-26-7CAS Name: 1,4-Dihydro-2,6-dimethyl-4-(3-nitrophenyl)-3,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid 2-[(3,3-diphenylpropyl)methylamino]-1,1-dimethylethyl methyl esterAdditional Names: methyl 1,1,N-trimethyl-N-(3,3-diphenylpropyl)-2-aminoethyl 1,4-dihydro-2,6-dimethyl-4-(3-nitrophenyl)pyridine-3,5-dicarboxylate; methyl 1,1-dimethyl-2-[N-(3,3-diphenylpropyl)-N-methylamino]ethyl 2,6-dimethyl-4-(3-nitrophenyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine-3,5-dicarboxylate; masnidipineMolecular Formula: C36H41N3O6Molecular Weight: 611.73Percent Composition: C 70.68%, H 6.76%, N 6.87%, O 15.69%Literature References: Dihydropyridine calcium channel blocker. Prepn: D. Nardi et al.,EP153016eidem,US4705797 (1985, 1987 both to Recordati). Pharmacology: G. Bianchi et al.,Pharmacol. Res.21, 193 (1989). Clinical evaluation in hypertension: E. Rimoldi et al.,Acta Ther.20, 23 (1994). 
Derivative Type: HydrochlorideCAS Registry Number: 132866-11-6Manufacturers’ Codes: Rec-15-2375; R-75Trademarks: Lerdip (Recordati); Zanidip (Napp)Molecular Formula: C36H41N3O6.HClMolecular Weight: 648.19Percent Composition: C 66.71%, H 6.53%, N 6.48%, O 14.81%, Cl 5.47%Properties: Prepd as the hemihydrate, mp 119-123°. LD50 in mice (mg/kg): 83 i.p.; 657 orally (Nardi).Melting point: mp 119-123°Toxicity data: LD50 in mice (mg/kg): 83 i.p.; 657 orally (Nardi) 
Therap-Cat: Antihypertensive.Keywords: Antihypertensive; Dihydropyridine Derivatives; Calcium Channel Blocker; Dihydropyridine Derivatives.

Masnidipine hydrochloride, Lercanidipine hydrochloride, TJN-324, Rec-15/2375, Lercan, Cardiovasc, Lerzam, Zanidip, Lerdip, Lercadip, Zanedip

Syn 1

EP 0153016; JP 60199874; US 4772621; US 4968832

Two new related ways for the synthesis of lercanidipine have been reported: 1) The condensation of diketene (I) with the aminoalcohol (II) gives the corresponding acetoacetate ester (III), which is allowed to react with 3-nitrobenzaldehyde (IV) by means of HCl in chloroform yielding the expected benzylidene derivative (V). Finally, this compound is cyclized with methyl 3-aminocrotonate (VI) in refluxing isopropanol. 2) By esterification of 2,6-dimethyl-4-(3-nitrophenyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine-3,5-dicarboxylic acid monomethyl ester (VIII) with alcohol (II) by means of SOCl2 in DMF/dichloromethane.

PATENT

https://patents.google.com/patent/WO2007054969A2/en

WO2007054969A2 - Process for the preparation of lercanidipine and ...

PATENT

https://patents.google.com/patent/EP1860102A1/en

EP1860102A1 - Process for Producing Lercanidipine - Google Patents

PATENT

WO2007054969A2 - Process for the preparation of lercanidipine and ...

REPROXALAP

$
0
0
2-(3-Amino-6-chloroquinolin-2-yl)propan-2-ol.png

REPROXALAP

レプロキサラップ;

ADX-102

2-(3-amino-6-chloroquinolin-2-yl)propan-2-ol

C12H13ClN2O, 236.7 g/mol

CAS 916056-79-6

UNII-F0GIZ22IJH

2-(3-amino-6-chloroquinolin-2-yl)propan-2-ol

Phase 3 Clinical

Aldeyra Therapeutics is developing reproxalap, which binds and traps free aldehydes, formulated using Captisol technology licensed from Ligand Pharmaceuticals as an eye drop formulation, for treating acute noninfectious anterior uveitis, allergic conjunctivitis and dry eye syndrome.

PATENT

product case, WO2006127945 ,

EU states until 2026

expire US in 2029 with US154 extension.

PATENTS

WO2018170476

United States patent application serial number US 13/709,802, filed December 10, 2012 and published as US 2013/0190500 on July 25, 2013 (“the ‘500 publication,” the entirety of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference), describes certain aldehyde scavenging compounds. Such compounds include com ound A:

[0036] Compound A, (6-chloro-3-amino-2-(2-hydroxypropyl)-l-azanaphthalene), is designated as compound A in the ‘500 publication and the synthesis of compound A is described in detail at Example 5 of the ‘500 publication, and is reproduced herein for ease of reference.

Example A – General Preparation of Compound A

Compound A

[00436] The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates (e.g., Scheme 1) described below and in the ‘500 publication, the entirety of which is incorporated herein by reference.

Step 1: Synthesis of Intermediate A- 1

[00437] To a 2 L round bottom flask was charged ethanol (220 mL), and pyridine (31 g, 392 mmol) and the resulting solution stirred at a moderate rate of agitation under nitrogen. To this solution was added ethyl bromopyruvate (76.6 g, 354 mmol) in a slow, steady stream. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 65±5° C. for 2 hours.

Step 2: Synthesis of Intermediate A-2

[00438] Upon completion of the 2-hour stir time in example 1, the reaction mixture was slowly cooled to 18-22° C. The flask was vacuum-purged three times at which time 2-amino-5-chloro-benzaldehyde (ACB) (50.0 g, 321 mmol) was added directly to the reaction flask as a solid using a long plastic funnel. Pyridine (64.0 g, 809 mmol) was added followed by an EtOH rinse (10 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated at 80±3° C. under nitrogen for about 16 hours (overnight) at which time HPLC analysis indicated that the reaction was effectively complete.

Step 3: Synthesis of Intermediate A-3

[00439] The reaction mixture from example 2 was cooled to about 70° C. and morpholine (76.0 g, 873 mmol)) was added to the 2 L reaction flask using an addition funnel. The reaction mixture was heated at 80±2° C. for about 2.5 hours at which time the reaction was considered complete by HPLC analysis (area % of A-3 stops increasing). The reaction mixture was cooled to 10-15° C. for the quench, work up, and isolation.

Step 4: Isolation of Intermediate A-3

[00440] To the 2 L reaction flask was charged water (600 g) using the addition funnel over 30-60 minutes, keeping the temperature below 15° C. by adjusting the rate of addition and using a cooling bath. The reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 45 minutes at 10-15° C. then the crude A-3 isolated by filtration using a Buchner funnel. The cake was washed with water (100 mLx4) each time allowing the water to percolate through the cake before applying a vacuum. The cake was air dried to provide crude A-3 as a nearly dry brown solid. The cake was returned to the 2 L reaction flask and heptane (350 mL) and EtOH (170 mL) were added and the mixture heated to 70±3° C. for 30-60 minutes. The slurry was cooled to 0-5° C. and isolated by filtration under vacuum. The A-3 was dried in a vacuum drying oven under vacuum and 35±3° C. overnight (16-18 hours) to provide A-3 as a dark green solid.

Step 5: Synthesis of Compound A

[00441] To a 2 L round bottom flask was charged methylmagnesium chloride (200 mL of 3.0 M solution in THF, 600 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0-5° C. using an ice bath.

[00442] A 500 mL flask (magnetic stirring) was charged with 22.8 grams A-3 from example 4 and THF (365 mL), stirred to dissolve then transferred to an addition funnel on the 2 L Reaction Flask. The A-3 solution was added drop-wise to the reaction flask over 5.75 hours, keeping the temperature of the reaction flask between 0-5° C throughout the addition. At the end of the addition the contents of the flask were stirred for an additional 15 minutes at 0-5° C. then the cooling bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to stir overnight at ambient temperature.

[00443] The flask was cooled in an ice bath and the reaction mixture was carefully quenched by adding EtOH (39.5 g, 857 mmol) drop-wise to the reaction mixture, keeping the temperature of the reaction mixture below 15° C. during the course of the addition. An aqueous solution of H4C1 (84.7 g H4C1 in 415 mL water) was then carefully added and the mixture stirred under moderate agitation for about 30 minutes then transferred to a separately funnel to allow the layers to separate. Solids were present in the aqueous phase so HO Ac (12.5 g) was added and the contents swirled gently to obtain a nearly homogeneous lower aqueous phase. The lower aqueous layer was transferred back to the 2 L reaction flask and stirred under moderate agitation with 2-methylTHF (50 mL) for about 15 minutes. The original upper organic layer was reduced in volume to approximately 40 mL using a rotary evaporator at≤40° C. and vacuum as needed. The phases in the separatory funnel were separated and the upper 2-MeTHF phase combined with the product residue, transferred to a 500 mL flask and vacuum distilled to an approximate volume of 25 mL. To this residue was added 2-MeTHF (50 mL) and distilled to an approximate volume of 50 mL. The crude compound A solution was diluted with 2-MeTHF (125 mL), cooled to 5-10° C. and 2M H2S04 (aq) (250 mL) was slowly added and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes as the temperature was allowed to return to ambient. Heptane (40 mL) was charged and the reaction mixture stirred for an additional 15 minutes then transferred to a separatory funnel and the layers were allowed to separate. The lower aqueous product layer was extracted with additional heptane (35 mL) then the lower aqueous phase was transferred to a 1 L reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer and the mixture was cooled to 5-10° C. The combined organic layers were discarded. A solution of 25% NaOH(aq) was prepared (NaOH, 47 g, water, 200 mL) and slowly added to the 1 L reaction flask to bring the pH to a range of 6.5-8.5.

[00444] EtOAc (250 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and the lower phase discarded. The upper organic layer was washed with brine (25 mL) then the upper organic product layer was reduced in volume on a rotary evaporator to obtain the crude compound A as a dark oil that solidified within a few minutes. The crude compound A was dissolved in EtOAc (20 mL) and filtered through a plug of silica gel (23 g) eluting with 3/1 heptane/EtOAc until all compound A was eluted (approximately 420 mL required) to remove most of the dark color of compound A. The solvent was removed in vacuo to provide 14.7 g of compound A as a tan solid. Compound A was taken up in EtOAc (25 mL) and eluted through a column of silica gel (72 g) using a mobile phase gradient of 7/1 heptane/EtOAc to 3/lheptane/EtOAc (1400 mL total). The solvent fractions containing compound A were stripped, compound A diluted with EtOAc (120 mL) and stirred in a flask with Darco G-60 decolorizing carbon (4.0 g) for about 1 hour. The mixture was filtered through celite using a fitted funnel, rinsing the cake with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL). The combined filtrates were stripped on a rotary evaporator and compound A dissolved in heptane (160 mL)/EtOAc(16 mL) at 76° C. The

homogeneous solution was slowly cooled to 0-5° C, held for 2 hours then compound A was isolated by filtration. After drying in a vacuum oven for 5 hours at 35° C. under best vacuum, compound A was obtained as a white solid. HPLC purity: 100% (AUC).

Example 1 – Preparation of Free Base Forms A and B of Compound A

Compound A

[00445] Compound A is prepared according to the method described in detail in Examples 1-5 of the ‘500 publication, the entirety of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

PATENT

example 5 [WO2018039197A1]

https://patents.google.com/patent/WO2018039197A1/en

Exam le 5: Synthesis of NS2

Figure imgf000055_0001

NS2

[00190] 2-(3-amino-6-chloroquinolin-2-yl)propan-2-ol. To a 2 L round bottom flask was charged methylmagnesium chloride (200 mL of 3.0 M solution in THF, 600 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0-5 °C using an ice bath.

[00191] A 500 mL flask (magnetic stirring) was charged with 22.8 grams A-3a from Example 4 and THF (365 mL), stirred to dissolve, and then transferred to an addition funnel on the 2 L reaction flask. The A-3a solution was added drop-wise to the reaction flask over 5.75 hours, keeping the temperature of the reaction flask between 0-5 °C throughout the addition. At the end of the addition the contents of the flask were stirred for an additional 15 minutes at 0-5 °C, then the cooling bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to stir overnight at ambient temperature.

[00192] The flask was cooled in an ice bath and the reaction mixture was carefully quenched by adding EtOH (39.5 g, 857 mmol) drop-wise to the reaction mixture, keeping the temperature of the reaction mixture below 15 °C during the course of the addition. An aqueous solution of H4CI (84.7 g H4CI in 415 mL water) was then carefully added and the mixture stirred under moderate agitation for about 30 minutes then transferred to a separatory funnel to allow the layers to separate. Solids were present in the aqueous phase so HOAc (12.5 g) was added and the contents swirled gently to obtain a nearly homogeneous lower aqueous phase. The lower aqueous layer was transferred back to the 2 L reaction flask and stirred under moderate agitation with 2-methyl-tetrahydrofuran (2-MeTHF) (50 mL) for about 15 minutes. The original upper organic layer was reduced in volume to approximately 40 mL using a rotary evaporator at < 40 °C under vacuum as needed. The phases in the separatory funnel were separated and the upper 2-MeTHF phase combined with the product residue was transferred to a 500 mL flask and vacuum distilled to an approximate volume of 25 mL. To this residue was added 2-MeTHF (50 mL) and the mixture again distilled to an approximate volume of 50 mL. The crude compound NS2 solution was diluted with 2-MeTHF (125 mL), cooled to 5-10 °C, and 2 M H2S04 (aq) (250 mL) was slowly added and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes as the temperature was allowed to return to ambient. Heptane (40 mL) was charged and the reaction mixture stirred for an additional 15 minutes then transferred to a separatory funnel, and the layers were allowed to separate. The lower aqueous product layer was extracted with additional heptane (35 mL), then the lower aqueous phase was transferred to a 1 L reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, and the mixture was cooled to 5-10 °C. The combined organic layers were discarded. A solution of 25% NaOH (aq) was prepared (NaOH, 47 g, water, 200 mL) and slowly added to the 1 L reaction flask to bring the pH to a range of 6.5 – 8.5.

[00193] EtOAc (250 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and the lower phase discarded. The upper organic layer was washed with brine (25 mL), then the upper organic product layer was reduced in volume on a rotary evaporator to obtain a obtain the crude compound NS2 as a dark oil that solidified within a few minutes. The crude compound NS2 was dissolved in EtOAc (20 mL) and filtered through a plug of silica gel (23 g) eluting with 3/1 heptane/EtOAc until all compound NS2 was eluted (approximately 420 mL required) to remove most of the dark color of compound NS2. The solvent was removed in vacuo to provide 14.7 g of compound NS2 as a tan solid. Compound NS2 was taken up in EtOAc (25 mL) and eluted through a column of silica gel (72g) using a mobile phase gradient of 7/1 heptane/EtOAc to 3/1 heptane/EtOAc (1400 mL total). The solvent fractions containing compound NS2 were evaporated. Compound NS2 was diluted with EtOAc (120 mL) and stirred in a flask with Darco G-60 decolorizing carbon (4.0 g) for about 1 hour. The mixture was filtered through celite using a firtted funnel, rinsing the cake with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL). The combined filtrates were evaporated on a rotary evaporator and compound NS2 dissolved in heptane (160 mL)/EtOAc (16 mL) at 76 °C. The homogeneous solution was slowly cooled to 0-5 °C, held for 2 hours, then compound NS2 was isolated by filtration. After drying in a vacuum oven for 5 hours at 35 °C under best vacuum, compound NS2 was obtained as a white solid. HPLC purity: 100% (AUC); HPLC (using standard conditions): A-2: 7.2 minutes; A-3 : 11.6 minutes.

Preparation of ACB

Figure imgf000057_0001

[00194] After a N2 atmosphere had been established and a slight stream of N2 was flowing through the vessel, platinum, sulfided, 5 wt. % on carbon, reduced, dry (9.04 g, 3.0 wt. % vs the nitro substrate) was added to a 5 L heavy walled pressure vessel equipped with a large magnetic stir-bar and a thermocouple. MeOH (1.50 L), 5-chloro-2-nitrobenzaldehyde (302.1 g, 1.63 mol), further MeOH (1.50 L) and Na2C03 (2.42 g, 22.8 mmol, 0.014 equiv) were added. The flask was sealed and stirring was initiated at 450 rpm. The solution was evacuated and repressurized with N2 (35 psi), 2x. The flask was evacuated and repressurized with H2 to 35 psi. The temperature of the solution reached 30 °C w/in 20 min. The solution was then cooled with a water bath. Ice was added to the water bath to maintain a temperature below 35 °C. Every 2h, the reaction was monitored by evacuating and repressurizing with N2 (5 psi), 2x prior to opening. The progress of the reaction could be followed by TLC: 5-Chloro-2-nitrobenzaldehyde (Rf = 0.60, CH2CI2, UV) and the intermediates (Rf = 0.51, CH2CI2, UV and Rf = 0.14, CH2CI2, UV) were consumed to give ACB (Rf = 0.43, CH2CI2, UV). At 5 h, the reaction had gone to 98% completion (GC), and was considered complete. To a 3 L medium fritted funnel was added celite (ca. 80 g). This was settled with MeOH (ca. 200 mL) and pulled dry with vacuum. The reduced solution was transferred via cannula into the funnel while gentle vacuum was used to pull the solution through the celite plug. This was chased with MeOH (4 x 150 mL). The solution was transferred to a 5 L three-necked round-bottom flask. At 30 °C on a rotavap, solvent (ca. 2 L) was removed under reduced pressure. An N2 blanket was applied. The solution was transferred to a 5L four-necked round-bottomed flask equipped with mechanical stirring and an addition funnel. Water (2.5 L) was added dropwise into the vigorously stirring solution over 4 h. The slurry was filtered with a minimal amount of vacuum. The collected solid was washed with water (2 x 1.5 L), 2-propanol (160 mL) then hexanes (2 x 450 mL). The collected solid (a canary yellow, granular solid) was transferred to a 150 x 75 recrystallizing dish. The solid was then dried under reduced pressure (26-28 in Hg) at 40°C overnight in a vacuum-oven. ACB (> 99% by HPLC) was stored under a N2 atmosphere at 5°C.

PATENT

WO-2020223717

Process for preparing reproxalap as acetaldehyde dehydrogenase inhibitor useful for treating ocular diseases and cancer.

PATENT

WO-2020223685

Novel crystalline forms of reproxalap (compound 1; designated as Forms A and B) as acetaldehyde dehydrogenase inhibitor useful for treating ocular diseases and cancer.

PATENT

WO 2020123730

//////////REPROXALAP, レプロキサラップ  , ADX-102, Phase 3 Clinical

CC(C)(C1=C(C=C2C=C(C=CC2=N1)Cl)N)O


Ripretinib

$
0
0
Ripretinib skeletal.svg

Ripretinib

リプレチニブ;

FormulaC24H21BrFN5O2
CAS1442472-39-0
Mol weight510.3582

Antineoplastic, Receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor

US FDA APPROVED 2020/5/15 QUINLOCK

NAMEDOSAGESTRENGTHROUTELABELLERMARKETING STARTMARKETING END  
QinlockTablet50 mgOralDeciphera Pharmaceuticals. LlcNot applicableNot applicableCanada flag 
QinlockTablet50 mg/1OralDeciphera Pharmaceuticals, LLC2020-05-15Not applicableUS flag 

SYN

Ripretinib, sold under the brand name Qinlock, is a medication for the treatment of adults with advanced gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST), a type of tumor that originates in the gastrointestinal tract.[3] It is taken by mouth.[3] Ripretinib is a kinase inhibitor, meaning it works by blocking a type of enzyme called a kinase, which helps keep the cancer cells from growing.[3]

The most common side effects include alopecia (hair loss), fatigue, nausea, abdominal pain, constipation, myalgia (muscle pain), diarrhea, decreased appetite, palmar-plantar erythrodysesthesia syndrome (a skin reaction in the palms and soles) and vomiting.[3][4] Alopecia is a unique side effect to ripretinib, which is not seen with other tyrosine kinase inhibitors used to treat GISTs.

Ripretinib was approved for medical use in the United States in May 2020,[3] and in Australia in July 2020.[1] Ripretinib is the first new drug specifically approved in the United States as a fourth-line treatment for advanced gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST).

Medical uses

Ripretinib is indicated for the treatment of adults with advanced gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST), a type of tumor that originates in the gastrointestinal tract, who have received prior treatment with three or more kinase inhibitor therapies, including imatinib.[3] GIST is type of stomach, bowel, or esophagus tumor.[4]

Adverse effects

The most common side effects include alopecia (hair loss), fatigue, nausea, abdominal pain, constipation, myalgia (muscle pain), diarrhea, decreased appetite, palmar-plantar erythrodysesthesia syndrome (a skin reaction in the palms and soles) and vomiting.[3][4]

Ripretinib can also cause serious side effects including skin cancer, hypertension (high blood pressure) and cardiac dysfunction manifested as ejection fraction decrease (when the muscle of the left ventricle of the heart is not pumping as well as normal).[3][4]

Ripretinib may cause harm to a developing fetus or a newborn baby.[3][4]

History

Ripretinib was approved for medical use in the United States in May 2020.[3][5][6][4]

The approval of ripretinib was based on the results of an international, multi-center, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial (INVICTUS/NCT03353753) that enrolled 129 participants with advanced gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST) who had received prior treatment with imatinibsunitinib, and regorafenib.[3][7] The trial compared participants who were randomized to receive ripretinib to participants who were randomized to receive placebo, to determine whether progression free survival (PFS) – the time from initial treatment in the clinical trial to growth of the cancer or death – was longer in the ripretinib group compared to the placebo group.[3] During treatment in the trial, participants received ripretinib 150 mg or placebo once a day in 28-day cycles, repeated until tumor growth was found (disease progression), or the participant experienced intolerable side effects.[3][7] After disease progression, participants who were randomized to placebo were given the option of switching to ripretinib.[3][7] The trial was conducted at 29 sites in the United States, Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Poland, Singapore, Spain, and the United Kingdom.[4]

The major efficacy outcome measure was progression-free survival (PFS) based on assessment by blinded independent central review (BICR) using modified RECIST 1.1 in which lymph nodes and bone lesions were not target lesions and a progressively growing new tumor nodule within a pre-existing tumor mass must meet specific criteria to be considered unequivocal evidence of progression.[7] Additional efficacy outcome measures included overall response rate (ORR) by BICR and overall survival (OS).[7] The trial demonstrated a statistically significant improvement in PFS for participants in the ripretinib arm compared with those in the placebo arm (HR 0.15; 95% CI: 0.09, 0.25; p<0.0001).[7]

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) granted the application for ripretinib priority review and fast track designations, as well as breakthrough therapy designation and orphan drug designation.[3][8] The FDA granted approval of Qinlock to Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.[3]

The FDA collaborated with the Australian Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA) and Health Canada on the review of the application as part of Project Orbis.[3][7] The FDA approved ripretinib three months ahead of schedule.[3][7] As of May 2020, the review of the applications was ongoing for the Australian TGA and for Health Canada.[3][7]

Names

Ripretinib is the International nonproprietary name (INN) and the United States Adopted Name (USAN).[9][10]

PATENT NUMBERPEDIATRIC EXTENSIONAPPROVEDEXPIRES (ESTIMATED) 
US8940756No2012-06-072032-06-07US flag
US8461179No2012-06-072032-06-07US flag
US8188113No2010-07-272030-07-27US flag

PATENT

US 8461179

PATENT

WO 2013184119

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2013184119

[0125] Example A13: A mixture of Example C5 (2.191 g, 7.94 mmol), Example Bl (1.538 g, 8.33 mmol) and KF on alumina (40 wt%) (9.22 g, 63.5 mmol) in DMA (40 mL) was sonicated for 2 h. The mixture was filtered through a shallow bed of silica gel and rinsed well with EtOAc. The filtrate was washed with satd. NaHC03 (lx), 5% LiCl (2x), then brine (lx), dried (MgS04), and concentrated to dryness to afford 3-(5-amino-2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-7-chloro-l -ethyl- l,6-naphthyridin-2(lH)-one (2.793 g, 89% yield) as a brown solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-<¾): δ 8.77 (s, 1 H), 8.00 (s, 1 H), 7.74 (s, 1 H), 7.37 (d, 1 H), 6.77 (d, 1 H), 5.45 (s, 2 H), 4.27 (q, 2 H), 1.20 (t, 3 H); MS (ESI) m z: 398.0 [M+H]+.

[0126] Example A14: A suspension of Example A13 (1.50 g, 3.78 mmol) in dioxane (15 mL) was treated with methylamine (40% in water) (26.4 mL, 303 mmol) in a pressure tube and heated to 100°C overnight. The mixture was cooled to RT, treated with a large amount of brine, then diluted with EtOAc until all of the solids dissolved. The layers were separated, the aqueous layer extracted with additional EtOAc (lx) and the combined organics were washed with satd. NaHC03 (lx), dried (MgS04) and concentrated to dryness. The resulting solid was suspended in MeCN/H20, frozen and lyophilized to afford 3-(5-amino-2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-l-ethyl-7-(methylamino)-l,6-naphthyridin-2(lH)-one (1.32g, 89% yield) as a light brown solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-<¾): δ 8.37 (s, 1 H), 7.62 (s, 1 H), 7.30 (d, 1 H), 6.99 (q, 1 H), 6.73 (d, 1 H), 6.21 (s, 1 H), 5.33 (s, 2 H), 4.11 (q, 2 H), 2.84 (d, 3 H), 1.19 (t, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 393.0 [M+H]+.

[0263] Example 31: A mixture of Example A14 (0.120 g, 0.307 mmol) and TEA (0.043 mL, 0.307 mmol) in THF (3.0 mL) was treated with phenyl isocyanate (0.040 g, 0.337 mmol) and stirred at RT for 4 h. Over the course of the next 4 days the mixture was treated with additional phenyl isocyanate (0.056 mL) and stirred at RT. The resulting solid was filtered, rinsed with THF, then triturated with MeOH to afford l-(4-bromo-5-(l-ethyl-7-(methylamino)-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydro- 1 ,6-naphthyridin-3 -yl)-2-fluorophenyl)-3 -phenylurea (101 mg, 64.5% yield) as a bright white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-<¾): δ 9.09 (s, 1 H), 8.68 (s, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 8.17 (d, 1 H), 7.70 (s, 1 H), 7.65 (d, 1 H), 7.41 (d, 2 H), 7.27 (m, 2 H), 7.03 (m, 1 H), 6.96 (t, 1 H), 6.23 (s, 1 H), 4.13 (q, 2 H), 2.86 (d, 3 H), 1.20 (t, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 510.1 [M+H]+.

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c “Qinlock Australian Prescription Medicine Decision Summary”Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA). 21 July 2020. Retrieved 17 August 2020.
  2. ^ “Ripretinib (Qinlock) Use During Pregnancy”Drugs.com. 10 August 2020. Retrieved 17 August 2020.
  3. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t “FDA Approves First Drug for Fourth-Line Treatment of Advanced Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumors”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) (Press release). 15 May 2020. Retrieved 15 May 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  4. Jump up to:a b c d e f g “Drug Trial Snapshot: Qinlock”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 15 May 2020. Retrieved 2 June 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  5. ^ “FDA Grants Full Approval of Deciphera Pharmaceuticals’ Qinlock (ripretinib) for the Treatment of Fourth-Line Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumor”Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Press release). 15 May 2020. Retrieved 15 May 2020.
  6. ^ “Qinlock: FDA-Approved Drugs”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Retrieved 15 May 2020.
  7. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i “FDA approves ripretinib for advanced gastrointestinal stromal tumor”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 15 May 2020. Retrieved 18 May 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  8. ^ “Ripretinib Orphan Drug Designation and Approval”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 2 October 2014. Retrieved 15 May 2020.
  9. ^ World Health Organization (2019). “International nonproprietary names for pharmaceutical substances (INN): recommended INN: list 81”. WHO Drug Information33 (1): 106. hdl:10665/330896. License: CC BY-NC-SA 3.0 IGO.
  10. ^ “Ripretinib” (PDF). United States Adopted Name (USAN) Drug Finder. Retrieved 17 May 2020.

Further reading

External links

Clinical data
Pronunciationrip re’ ti nib
Trade namesQinlock
Other namesDCC-2618
AHFS/Drugs.comMonograph
MedlinePlusa620035
License dataUS DailyMedRipretinib
Pregnancy
category
AU: D[1]US: N (Not classified yet)[2]Use should be avoided
Routes of
administration
By mouth
ATC codeNone
Legal status
Legal statusAU: S4 (Prescription only) [1]US: ℞-only [3]
Identifiers
IUPAC name[show]
CAS Number1442472-39-0
PubChem CID71584930
DrugBankDB14840
ChemSpider67886378
UNII9XW757O13D
KEGGD11353
ChEMBLChEMBL4216467
Chemical and physical data
FormulaC24H21BrFN5O2
Molar mass510.367 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)Interactive image
SMILES[hide]CCN1C(=O)C(=CC2=C1C=C(NC)N=C2)C1=C(Br)C=C(F)C(NC(=O)NC2=CC=CC=C2)=C1
InChI[hide]InChI=1S/C24H21BrFN5O2/c1-3-31-21-12-22(27-2)28-13-14(21)9-17(23(31)32)16-10-20(19(26)11-18(16)25)30-24(33)29-15-7-5-4-6-8-15/h4-13H,3H2,1-2H3,(H,27,28)(H2,29,30,33)Key:CEFJVGZHQAGLHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N

////////////Ripretinib, QINLOCK, リプレチニブ , 2020 APPROVALS, FDA 2020

TUCATINIB

$
0
0
Tucatinib.svg

Tucatinib

ツカチニブ;

N6-(4,4-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-1,3-oxazol-2-yl)-N4-(3-methyl-4-{[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yloxy}phenyl)quinazoline-4,6-diamine

FormulaC26H24N8O2
CAS937263-43-9
Mol weight480.5212

To treat advanced unresectable or metastatic HER2-positive breast cancer
Drug Trials Snapshot

FDA APPROVED 4/17/2020 Tukysa

  • ARRY 380
  • ARRY-380
  • ONT 380
  • ONT-380

Tucatinib (INN),[1] sold under the brand name Tukysa, is a small molecule inhibitor of HER2 for the treatment of HER2-positive breast cancer.[2][3] It was developed by Array BioPharma and licensed to Cascadian Therapeutics (formerly Oncothyreon, subsequently part of Seattle Genetics).[4]

Common side effects are diarrhea, palmar-plantar erythrodysesthesia (burning or tingling discomfort in the hands and feet), nausea, fatigue, hepatotoxicity (liver damage), vomiting, stomatitis (inflammation of the mouth and lips), decreased appetite, abdominal pain, headache, anemia and rash.[5][6] Pregnant or breastfeeding women should not take Tucatinib because it may cause harm to a developing fetus or newborn baby.[5]

Tucatinib was approved for medical use in Australia in August 2020.[7]

Medical uses

Tucatinib is a kinase inhibitor indicated in combination with trastuzumab and capecitabine for treatment of adults with advanced unresectable or metastatic HER2-positive breast cancer, including those with brain metastases, who have received one or more prior anti-HER2-based regimens in the metastatic setting.[8]

Clinical trials

Two early stage clinical trials have reported encouraging results, both of which had options to enroll subjects with central nervous system (CNS) metastases.[2][9][10][11][12][10] HER2CLIMB is a Phase 2 randomized, double-blinded, placebo-controlled study of tucatinib in combination with trastuzumab and capecitabine in patients with pretreated, unresectable locally advanced or metastatic HER2-positive breast cancer.[13]

History

In April 2020, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved tucatinib in combination with chemotherapy (trastuzumab and capecitabine) for the treatment of adults with advanced forms of HER2-positive breast cancer that can’t be removed with surgery, or has spread to other parts of the body, including the brain, and who have received one or more prior treatments.[5][6][14]

The FDA collaborated with the Australian Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA), Health CanadaHealth Sciences Authority (HSA, Singapore) and Swissmedic (SMC, Switzerland) on the review.[5] This was the first Project Orbis partnership between the FDA, HSA and Swissmedic.[5] As of 17 April 2020, the application is still under review at the other agencies.[5]

Tucatinib is a kinase inhibitor meaning it blocks a type of enzyme (kinase) and helps prevent the cancer cells from growing.[5] Tucatinib is approved for treatment after adults have taken one or more anti-HER2-based regimens in the metastatic setting.[5] The FDA approved tucatinib based on the results of the HER2CLIMB trial (NCT02614794) enrolling 612 subjects who had HER2-positive advanced unresectable or metastatic breast cancer and had prior treatment with trastuzumabpertuzumab and ado-trastuzumab emtansine (T-DM1).[5][6] Subjects with previously treated and stable brain metastases, as well as those with previously treated and growing or untreated brain metastases, were eligible for the clinical trial, and 48% of enrolled subjects had brain metastases at the start of the trial.[5]

Subjects received either tucatinib 300 mg twice daily plus trastuzumab and capecitabine (tucatinib arm, n=410) or placebo plus trastuzumab and capecitabine (control arm, n=202).[6] The primary endpoint was progression-free survival (PFS), or the amount of time when there was no growth of the tumor, assessed by a blinded independent central review, evaluated in the initial 480 randomized patients.[5][6] The median PFS in subjects who received tucatinib, trastuzumab, and capecitabine was 7.8 months (95% CI: 7.5, 9.6) compared to 5.6 months (95% CI: 4.2, 7.1) in those subjects who received placebo, trastuzumab, and capecitabine (HR 0.54; 95% CI: 0.42, 0.71; p<0.00001).[5][6] Overall survival and PFS in subjects with brain metastases at baseline were key secondary endpoints.[5] The median overall survival in subjects who received tucatinib, trastuzumab, and capecitabine was 21.9 months (95% CI: 18.3, 31.0) compared to 17.4 months (95% CI: 13.6, 19.9) in subjects who received placebo, trastuzumab, and capecitabine (HR: 0.66; 95% CI: 0.50, 0.87; p=0.00480).[5][6] The median PFS in subjects with brain metastases at baseline who received tucatinib, trastuzumab and capecitabine was 7.6 months (95% CI: 6.2, 9.5) compared to 5.4 months (95% CI: 4.1, 5.7) in subjects who received placebo, trastuzumab and capecitabine (HR: 0.48; 0.34, 0.69; p<0.00001).[5][6]

The FDA granted the application for tucatinib priority reviewbreakthrough therapyfast track, and orphan drug designations.[5][6][15] The FDA granted approval of Tukysa to Seattle Genetics, Inc.[5]

SYN

Recently, the Mao team reported a new route for the efficient synthesis of Tucatinib.

The results were published on Synthesis (DOI: 10.1055/s-0037-1610706).

Previously, the synthesis report route of Tucatinib was published by Array BioPharma in a patent document (WO 2007059257, 2007). The synthetic route reported in the patent is shown in the figure below:

New synthetic route of Tucatinib, a new anti-breast cancer drug

Using 4-nitro-2-cyanoaniline as the raw material, the first step is to condense with DMF-DMA to prepare imine 3 (yield 87%); subsequent catalytic hydrogenation of palladium on carbon to reduce the nitro group to obtain the amine 4 (90% yield); followed by 1,1&39;-thiocarbonyldiimidazole (TCDI) and The amino alcohol undergoes condensation to prepare the thiourea derivative 5 (yield is only 34%); further with the intermediate 6 to undergo ring-closure reaction to obtain the key intermediate 7 (yield 62%) ; Finally, under the action of p-toluenesulfonic acid, intramolecular dehydration and ring closure to form oxazoline, complete the synthesis of the target compound tucatinib.

Reverse synthesis analysis

New synthetic route of Tucatinib, a new anti-breast cancer drug

The author broke the bond of Tucatinib from two points a and b and split them into three fragments. : Thioether oxazoline 17, nitrobenzene 3 and the key fragment of the original research route 6.

Preparation of key fragment 6

New synthetic route of Tucatinib, a new anti-breast cancer drug

4-nitro-3-methylphenol 8 as a starting point The material, with pyridine derivative 9, undergoes aromatic affinity substitution reaction to prepare aryl ether 10 (yield 64%); then it is condensed with DMF-DMA, and then treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride. The step yield was 81% to obtain the oxime derivative 12; subsequently, the ring was closed under the treatment of trifluoroacetic anhydride, the mostAfter palladium-catalyzed hydrogenation to reduce the nitro group, the key aniline triazole 6 was successfully prepared, with a total yield of 32.8%.

aromatic ring skeleton construction

fragment 3 was synthesized according to the method reported in the literature. The estimated aromatic ring fragment was then constructed with the aniline triazole 6 prepared above:

New synthetic route of Tucatinib, a new anti-breast cancer drug

Compound 6 and fragment 3 were cyclized in acetic acid , 14 was successfully prepared, and finally the nitro group was reduced by palladium-catalyzed hydrogenation to obtain the key arylamine 15 with a two-step yield of 76.4%.

Fragment 17 and Tucatinib synthesis

New synthetic route of Tucatinib, a new anti-breast cancer drug

amino alcohol and 1,1&39;-thiocarbonyl diimidazole (TCDI) The ring is closed to obtain 16, which is then treated with methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate to obtain oxazoline 17, with a total yield of 67.23% in the two steps.

oxazoline17 and arylamine 15 in the presence of cesium carbonate, heated in DMF for 20 hours, and finally completed the synthesis of Tucatinib with a yield of 76%.

Comparison of the new route and the patent route

The yield of the last step of the patent is unknown, starting with key intermediates 3 and 6, total income The rate is less than 19%.

The overview of the new route is as follows:

New synthetic route of Tucatinib, a new anti-breast cancer drug

Correspondingly, starting from the intermediate 3 and 6, the total yield of the new route There is a significant improvement to 39%. Moreover, the purity of the product and other aspects also meet the requirements of API.

Comment

Tucatinib (Tukysa) Tucatinib/Tucatinib as a small-molecule oral tyrosine kinase (TKI) inhibitor for HER2 Positive breast cancer has highly specific targeting selectivity. The study of the new synthetic route

effectively improves the production efficiency in terms of ensuring the purity of the compound, and the raw materials used are relatively simple and easy to obtain.

Medicinal chemists have completed the research and development and synthesis of compounds (from 0 to 1), while process chemists have optimized the synthetic routes and processes, so that the compounds can be prepared more simply, efficiently, economically and environmentally.

SYN PATENT

CN 111825604

PAPER

Synthesis (2019), 51(13), 2660-2664

Abstract

A new and improved synthetic route to tucatinib is described that involves three key intermediates. The first of these, 4-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yloxy)-3-methylaniline, was prepared on a 100 g scale in 33% yield over five steps and 99% purity. Next, N 4-(4-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yloxy)-3-methylphenyl)quinazoline-4,6-diamine was isolated in 67% yield over three steps and >99% purity. Then, 4,4-dimethyl-2-(methylthio)-4,5-dihydrooxazole trifluoromethanesulfonate was prepared under mild conditions in 67% yield over two steps. Finally, tucatinib was obtained in 17% yield over nine steps and in >99% purity (HPLC). Purification methods used to isolate the product and the intermediates involved in the route are also reported.

References

  1. ^ World Health Organization (2016). “International nonproprietary names for pharmaceutical substances (INN): recommended INN: list 75”. WHO Drug Information30 (1): 161. hdl:10665/331046.
  2. Jump up to:a b “ONT-380 Active Against CNS Mets in HER2-Positive Breast Cancer”Cancer Network. 15 December 2015. Retrieved 17 April 2020.
  3. ^ Martin M, López-Tarruella S (October 2018). “Emerging Therapeutic Options for HER2-Positive Breast Cancer”American Society of Clinical Oncology Educational Book. American Society of Clinical Oncology. Annual Meeting35 (36): e64–70. doi:10.1200/EDBK_159167PMID 27249772.
  4. ^ “Tucatinib” (PDF). Statement on a Nonproprietary Name Adopted by the USAN Council.
  5. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q “FDA Approves First New Drug Under International Collaboration, A Treatment Option for Patients with HER2-Positive Metastatic Breast Cancer”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) (Press release). 17 April 2020. Retrieved 17 April 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  6. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i “FDA approves tucatinib for patients with HER2-positive metastatic brea”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 17 April 2020. Retrieved 20 April 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  7. ^ “Tukysa”Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA). 21 August 2020. Retrieved 22 September 2020.
  8. ^ “Tukysa (tucatinib) tablets, for oral use” (PDF). Seattle Genetics. Retrieved 17 April2020.
  9. ^ “Oncothyreon Inc. Announces Data For ONT-380 In HER2-Positive Breast Cancer Patients With And Without Brain Metastases At The San Antonio Breast Cancer Symposium”BioSpace (Press release). 9 December 2015. Retrieved 18 April 2020.
  10. Jump up to:a b Borges VF, Ferrario C, Aucoin N, Falkson CI, Khan QJ, Krop IE, et al. “Efficacy results of a phase 1b study of ONT-380, a CNS-penetrant TKI, in combination with T-DM1 in HER2+ metastatic breast cancer (MBC), including patients (pts) with brain metastases”Journal of Clinical Oncology. 2016 ASCO Annual Meeting.
  11. ^ “SABCS15: Promising phase 1 results lead to phase 2 for ONT-380 in HER2+ breast cancer”Colorado Cancer Blogs. Retrieved 10 June 2016.
  12. ^ “A Study of Tucatinib (ONT-380) Combined With Capecitabine and/or Trastuzumab in Patients With HER2+ Metastatic Breast Cancer”ClinicalTrials.gov. 31 December 2013. Retrieved 18 April 2020.
  13. ^ “A Study of Tucatinib vs. Placebo in Combination With Capecitabine & Trastuzumab in Patients With Advanced HER2+ Breast Cancer (HER2CLIMB)”ClinicalTrials.gov. Retrieved 18 April 2020.
  14. ^ “Tukysa: FDA-Approved Drugs”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Retrieved 20 April 2020.
  15. ^ “Tucatinib Orphan Drug Designation and Approval”U.S. Food and Drug Administration(FDA). 24 December 1999. Retrieved 20 April 2020.

External links

  • “Tucatinib”Drug Information Portal. U.S. National Library of Medicine.
  • “Tucatinib”National Cancer Institute.
  • Clinical trial number NCT02614794 for “A Study of Tucatinib vs. Placebo in Combination With Capecitabine & Trastuzumab in Patients With Advanced HER2+ Breast Cancer (HER2CLIMB)” at ClinicalTrials.gov
Clinical data
Trade namesTukysa
Other namesONT-380, ARRY-380
AHFS/Drugs.comMonograph
MedlinePlusa620032
License dataUS DailyMedTucatinib
Pregnancy
category
AU: DUS: N (Not classified yet)
Routes of
administration
By mouth
ATC codeNone
Legal status
Legal statusAU: S4 (Prescription only)US: ℞-only
Identifiers
CAS Number937263-43-9
PubChem CID51039094
DrugBankDB11652
ChemSpider34995558
UNII234248D0HH
KEGGD11141
ChEMBLChEMBL3989868
Chemical and physical data
FormulaC26H24N8O2
Molar mass480.532 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)Interactive image
SMILES[hide]CC1=C(C=CC(=C1)NC2=NC=NC3=C2C=C(C=C3)NC4=NC(CO4)(C)C)OC5=CC6=NC=NN6C=C5
InChI[hide]InChI=1S/C26H24N8O2/c1-16-10-17(5-7-22(16)36-19-8-9-34-23(12-19)28-15-30-34)31-24-20-11-18(4-6-21(20)27-14-29-24)32-25-33-26(2,3)13-35-25/h4-12,14-15H,13H2,1-3H3,(H,32,33)(H,27,29,31)Key:SDEAXTCZPQIFQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N
NAMEDOSAGESTRENGTHROUTELABELLERMARKETING STARTMARKETING END  
TukysaTablet150 mg/1OralSeattle Genetics, Inc.2020-04-17Not applicableUS flag 
TukysaTablet150 mgOralSeattle Genetics, Inc.2020-08-27Not applicableCanada flag 
TukysaTablet50 mg/1OralSeattle Genetics, Inc.2020-04-17Not applicableUS flag 
TukysaTablet50 mgOralSeattle Genetics, Inc.2020-10-08Not applicableCanada flag 

Showing 1 to 4 of 4 entries

///////tucatinib, FDA 2020, TUKSYA, 2020 APROVALS, ARRY 380, ONT 380, ツカチニブ ,

RALOXIFENE

$
0
0

Keoxifene hydrochloride, Raloxifene hydrochloride, LY-139481(free base), LY-156758, Optruma, Loxifen, EvistaTitle: RaloxifeneCAS Registry Number: 84449-90-1CAS Name: [6-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)benzo[b]thien-3-yl][4-[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]methanoneAdditional Names: keoxifeneManufacturers’ Codes: LY-139481Molecular Formula: C28H27NO4SMolecular Weight: 473.58Percent Composition: C 71.01%, H 5.75%, N 2.96%, O 13.51%, S 6.77%Literature References: Nonsteroidal, selective estrogen receptor modulator (SERM). Prepn: C. D. Jones, EP62503idem,US4418068 (1982, 1983 both to Lilly); idemet al.,J. Med. Chem.27, 1057 (1984). Review of pharmacology and toxicology: J. Buelke-Sam et al.,Reprod. Toxicol.12, 217-221 (1998); of clinical pharmacology and pharmacokinetics: D. Hochner-Celnikier, Eur. J. Obstet. Gynecol. Reprod. Biol.85, 23-29 (1999); of clinical efficacy in osteoporosis: D. Agnusdei, ibid. 43-46. Clinical effect on risk of breast cancer: S. R. Cummings et al.,J. Am. Med. Assoc.281, 2189 (1999); on reduction of fracture risk: B. Ettinger et al.,ibid.282, 637 (1999).Properties: Crystals from acetone, mp 143-147°. uv max (ethanol): 290 nm (e 34000).Melting point: mp 143-147°Absorption maximum: uv max (ethanol): 290 nm (e 34000) 
Derivative Type: HydrochlorideCAS Registry Number: 82640-04-8Manufacturers’ Codes: LY-156758Trademarks: Evista (Lilly)Molecular Formula: C28H27NO4S.HClMolecular Weight: 510.04Percent Composition: C 65.94%, H 5.53%, N 2.75%, O 12.55%, S 6.29%, Cl 6.95%Properties: Crystals from methanol/water, mp 258°. uv max (ethanol): 286 nm (e 32800).Melting point: mp 258°Absorption maximum: uv max (ethanol): 286 nm (e 32800) 
Therap-Cat: Antiosteoporotic.Keywords: Antiosteoporotic; Selective Estrogen Receptor Modulator (SERM).

Raloxifene, sold under the brand name Evista among others, is a medication used to prevent and treat osteoporosis in postmenopausal women and those on glucocorticoids.[4] For osteoporosis it is less preferred than bisphosphonates.[4] It is also used to reduce the risk of breast cancer in those at high risk.[4] It is taken by mouth.[4]

Common side effects include hot flashesleg crampsswelling, and joint pain.[4] Severe side effects may include blood clots and stroke.[4] Use during pregnancy may harm the baby.[4] The medication may worsen menstrual symptoms.[5] Raloxifene is a selective estrogen receptor modulator (SERM) and therefore a mixed agonistantagonist of the estrogen receptor (ER).[4] It has estrogenic effects in bone and antiestrogenic effects in the breasts and uterus.[4]

Raloxifene was approved for medical use in the United States in 1997.[4] It is available as a generic medication.[4][6] A month supply in the United Kingdom costs the NHS about 3.50 £ as of 2019.[6] In the United States the wholesale cost of this amount is about $16.[7] In 2017, it was the 330th most commonly prescribed medication in the United States, with more than 900 thousand prescriptions.[8

Medical uses

Raloxifene is used for the treatment and prevention of osteoporosis in postmenopausal women.[9] It is used at a dosage of 60 mg/day for both the prevention and treatment of osteoporosis.[10] In the case of either osteoporosis prevention or treatment, supplemental calcium and vitamin D should be added to the diet if daily intake is inadequate.[11]

Raloxifene is used to reduce the risk of breast cancer in postmenopausal women. It is used at a dosage of 60 mg/day for this indication.[10] In the Multiple Outcomes of Raloxifene (MORE) clinical trial, raloxifene decreased the risk of all types of breast cancer by 62%, of invasive breast cancer by 72%, and of invasive estrogen receptor-positive breast cancer by 84%.[12] Conversely, it does not reduce the risk of estrogen receptor-negative breast cancer.[12] There were no obvious differences in effectiveness of raloxifene in the MORE trial for prevention of breast cancer at a dosage of 60 mg/m2/day relative to 120 mg/m2/day.[12] In the Study of Tamoxifen and Raloxifene (STAR) trial, 60 mg/day raloxifene was 78% as effective as 20 mg/day tamoxifen in preventing non-invasive breast cancer.[13] Women with undetectable levels of estradiol (<2.7 pg/mL) have a naturally low risk of breast cancer and, in contrast to women with detectable levels of estradiol, do not experience significant benefit from raloxifene in terms of reduction of breast cancer risk.[12]

Contraindications

Raloxifene is contraindicated in lactating women or women who are or who may become pregnant.[14] It also may be of concern to women with active or past history of venous thromboembolic events, including deep vein thrombosispulmonary embolism, and retinal vein thrombosis.[15]

Side effects

Common side effects of raloxifene include hot flashes (25–28% vs. 18–21% for placebo),[12] vaginal dryness, and leg cramps (generally mild; 5.5% vs. 1.9% for placebo).[14][1][16] Raloxifene does not cause breast tendernessendometrial hyperplasiamenstrual bleeding, or endometrial cancer.[17] It does not appear to affect cognition or memory.[15][12] Raloxifene is a teratogen; i.e., it can cause developmental abnormalities such as birth defects.

Raloxifene may infrequently cause serious blood clots to form in the legslungs, or eyes.[1] Other reactions experienced include leg swelling/pain, trouble breathing, chest pain, and vision changes. Black box warnings were added to the label of raloxifene in 2007 warning of increased risk of death due to stroke for postmenopausal women with documented coronary heart disease or at increased risk for major coronary events, as well as increased risk for deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism.[14] The risk of venous thromboembolism with raloxifene is increased by several-fold in postmenopausal women (RR = 3.1).[18][12] Raloxifene has a lower risk of thromboembolism than tamoxifen.[13] In the MORE trial, raloxifene caused a 40% decrease in risk of cardiovascular events in women who were at increased risk for coronary artery disease, although there was no decrease in cardiovascular events for the group as a whole.[12]

A report in September 2009 from Health and Human Services’ Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality suggests that tamoxifen and raloxifene, used to treat breast cancer, significantly reduce invasive breast cancer in midlife and older women, but also increase the risk of adverse side effects.[19]

A recent human case report in July 2016 suggests that raloxifene may in fact, at some point, also stimulate breast cancer growth leading to a reduction of advanced breast cancer disease upon the withdrawal of the drug.[20]

Unlike other SERMs, such as tamoxifen, raloxifene has no risk of uterine hyperplasia or endometrial cancer (RR = 0.8).[1][18][13]

Raloxifene does not increase the incidence of breast pain or tenderness in postmenopausal women.[16][21]

Overdose

Raloxifene has been studied in clinical trials across a dosage range of 30 to 600 mg/day, and was well-tolerated at all dosages.[16]

Pharmacology

Pharmacodynamics

Mechanism of action

Raloxifene is a selective estrogen receptor modulator (SERM) and hence is a mixed agonist and antagonist of the estrogen receptor (ER) in different tissues.[4] It has estrogenic activity in some tissues, such as bone and the liver, and antiestrogenic activity in other tissues, such as the breasts and uterus.[4] Its affinity (Kd) for the ERα is approximately 50 pM, which is similar to that of estradiol.[16] Relative to estradiol, raloxifene has been reported to possess about 8 to 34% of the affinity for the ERα and 0.5 to 76% of the affinity for the ERβ.[22][23] Raloxifene acts as a partial agonist of the ERα and as a pure antagonist of the ERβ.[24][25] In contrast to the classical ERs, raloxifene is an agonist of the G protein-coupled estrogen receptor (GPER) (EC50 = 10–100 nM), a membrane estrogen receptor.[26][27]

Clinical effects

Raloxifene has antiestrogenic effects in the mammary glands in preclinical studies.[16] In accordance, raloxifene reduces breast density in postmenopausal women, a known risk factor for breast cancer.[28] It does not stimulate the uterus in postmenopausal women, and results in no increase in risk of endometrial thickening, vaginal bleedingendometrial hyperplasia, or endometrial cancer.[29][16][21] At the same time, raloxifene has minimal antiestrogenic effect in the uterus in premenopausal women.[29] This may possibly be due to inadequate tissue exposure of the uterus to raloxifene in these estrogen-rich individuals.[29]

In premenopausal women, raloxifene increases levels of follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) and estradiol.[12] Conversely, in postmenopausal women, raloxifene has been found to reduce levels of the gonadotropinsluteinizing hormone (LH) and FSH, while not affecting levels of estradiol.[12][29] Raloxifene also decreases prolactin levels in postmenopausal women.[29] In men, raloxifene has been found to disinhibit the hypothalamic–pituitary–gonadal axis (HPG axis) and thereby increase total testosterone levels.[30][31][32][33] Due to the simultaneous increase in sex hormone-binding globulin (SHBG) levels however, free testosterone levels often remain unchanged in men during therapy with raloxifene.[30]

Raloxifene has estrogenic effects on liver protein synthesis.[12] It increases SHBG levels in both pre- and postmenopausal women as well as in men.[12][30] The medication decreases levels of total and low-density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterolC-reactive proteinapolipoprotein B, and homocysteine.[12][29] Conversely, it has little effect on levels of triglycerides and high-density lipoprotein (HDL).[12] Raloxifene has been shown to inhibit the oxidation of LDL cholesterol in vitro.[16] The medication has been found to decrease insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF-1) levels in pre- and postmenopausal women as well as in men.[31] It has also been found to increase insulin-like growth factor binding protein 3 (IGFBP-3) levels in pre- and postmenopausal women.[12] Due to activation of estrogen receptors in the liver, raloxifene has procoagulatory effects, such as decreasing levels of fibrinogen and influencing levels of other coagulation factors.[12][29][16] For these reasons, raloxifene increases the risk of thrombosis.[12][29]

Raloxifene increases bone mineral density in postmenopausal women but decreases it in premenopausal women.[12] In the MORE trial, the risk of vertebral fractures was decreased by 30%, and bone mineral density was increased in the spine (by 2.1% at 60 mg, 2.4% at 120 mg) and femoral neck (2.6% at 60 mg, 2.7% at 120 mg).[18] It has been found to possess estrogenic effects in adipose tissue in postmenopausal women, promoting a shift from an android fat distribution to a gynoid fat distribution.[34][35] The medication has been found to increase levels of leptin, an adipokine.[12]


AbsorptionPharmacokinetics

The absorption of raloxifene is approximately 60%.[1][2] However, due to extensive first-pass metabolism, the absolute bioavailability of raloxifene is only 2.0%.[1][2] Raloxifene is rapidly absorbed from the intestines upon oral administration.[1] Peak plasma levels of raloxifene occur 0.5 to 6 hours after an oral dose.[1][2]

Distribution

Raloxifene is widely distributed throughout the body.[1] There is extensive distribution of raloxifene into the liverserumlungs, and kidneys.[1] The volume of distribution of raloxifene with a single 30 to 150 mg oral dose is approximately 2348 L.[1][36] Both raloxifene and its metabolites show high plasma protein binding (>95%), including to both albumin and α1 acid glycoprotein, but not to sex hormone-binding globulin.[1][2]

Metabolism

Raloxifene is metabolized in the liver and undergoes enterohepatic recycling.[2] It is metabolized exclusively by glucuronidation and is not metabolized by the cytochrome P450 system.[1][2] Less than 1% of radiolabeled material in plasma comprises unconjugated raloxifene.[2] The metabolites of raloxifene include several glucuronides.[1] The elimination half-life of raloxifene after a single dose is 27.7 hours (1.2 days), whereas its half-life at steady state at a dosage of 60 mg/day is 15.8 to 86.6 hours (0.7–3.6 days), with an average of 32.5 hours (1.4 days).[1][2] The extended half-life of raloxifene is attributed to enterohepatic recirculation and its high plasma protein binding.[1] Raloxifene and its glucuronide conjugates are interconverted by reversible metabolism and enterohepatic recycling, which prolongs the elimination half-life of raloxifene with oral administration.[2] The medication is deconjugated into its active form in a variety of tissues, including liver, lungs, spleenboneuterus, and kidneys.[1]

Elimination

Raloxifene is mainly excreted in bile and is eliminated in feces.[1][2] Less than 0.2% of a dose is excreted unchanged in urine and less than 6% of a dose is excreted in urine as glucuronide conjugates.[2]

Chemistry

See also: List of selective estrogen receptor modulators and Benzothiophene

Raloxifene hydrochloride has the empirical formula C28H27NO4S•HCl, which corresponds to a molecular weight of 510.05 g/mol. Raloxifene hydrochloride is an off-white to pale-yellow solid that is slightly soluble in water.[14]

Raloxifene is a benzothiophene derivative and is structurally distinct from the triphenylethylene SERMs like tamoxifenclomifene, and toremifene.[37] It is the only benzothiophene SERM to have been marketed.[37] A benzothiophene SERM that was not marketed is arzoxifene (LY-353381).[38] Bazedoxifene (Duavee, Viviant) and pipendoxifene (ERA-923) are structurally related to raloxifene but are technically not benzothiophenes and instead are indoles.[38]

History

Raloxifene was approved in the United States for the prevention of postmenopausal osteoporosis in 1997, the treatment of postmenopausal osteoporosis in 1999, and to prevent or reduce the risk of breast cancer in certain postmenopausal women in 2007.[39][40][41][42] It received orphan designation in 2005.[39]

Society and culture

A bottle of raloxifene.

Names

Raloxifene is the generic name of the drug and its INN and BAN, while raloxifène is its DCF and raloxifene hydrochloride is its USANBANM, and JAN.[43][44][45][46] It has also been known by the name keoxifene.[43][44][46]

Raloxifene is sold mainly under the brand name Evista and to a lesser extent the brand name Optruma.[46][44] It is also sold under a variety of other brand names in various countries.[46]

Availability

Raloxifene is available widely throughout the world, including in the United StatesCanada, the United KingdomIreland, elsewhere throughout EuropeAustraliaNew ZealandSouth AfricaLatin AmericaSouthernEastern, and Southeastern Asia, and elsewhere in the world such as in Israel and Egypt.[46][44]

Raloxifene is provided in the form of 60 mg oral tablets.[10]

Controversy

An editorial in Lancet Oncology criticized the way that research about the medication for breast cancer prevention was released.[47]

Research

Clinical studies of raloxifene for metastatic breast cancer in women have been conducted but found little effectiveness at 60 mg/day in those previously treated with tamoxifen, though modest effectiveness has been observed at higher doses.[12][48] In contrast to tamoxifen, raloxifene is not approved for the treatment of breast cancer.[49]

Raloxifene has been studied in men for a variety of uses, such as for treatment of schizophreniaprostate cancer, and osteoporosis.[50][51][52][53][54][33][32][55][56][57][58] It has been studied in combination with castration and bicalutamide, a nonsteroidal antiandrogen, for the treatment of prostate cancer.[58][55]

Raloxifene has been studied as an adjunct in the treatment of schizophrenia in postmenopausal women.[59] A 2017 meta-analysis concluded that it was safe and effective for this indication, although further studies with larger sample sizes are needed for confirmation.[59] It may be effective in women with less severe symptoms.[59]

A tissue-selective estrogen-receptor complex (TSEC) of estradiol and raloxifene has been studied in postmenopausal women.[60]

Raloxifene (60 mg/day) was reported to be effective in the treatment of pubertal gynecomastia in adolescent boys in a small retrospective chart review.[61][62][63] Other SERMs are also known to be effective in the treatment of gynecomastia.[64]

Raloxifene has been reported to augment the antidepressant effects of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs).[65]

June 18th 2020, Exscalate4CoV, the private-public consortium supported by the EU’s Horizon 2020 programme for research and innovation, led by Dompé farmaceutici and currently representing 18 partners (including Fraunhofer InstituteCINECAChelonia Applied ScienceSwiss Institute of Bioinformatics and others) has requested access to clinical trials for the use of Raloxifene in Covid 19 patients. Raloxifene, already proven effective against Mers and Sars in precliinical tests, has been indicated as effective against Sars-Cov2 by the “in-silico” research conducted by the consortium which has shown efficacy in countering the replication of the virus in cells. The IP for its use against Sars-Cov2 has already been protected on May 6 2020 in the name Dompé farmaceutici, Fraunhofer Institute and KU Leuven, to facilitate the largest possible access. Raloxifene would be used in mildly symptomatic Covid19 patients to halt the spread of infection. This result emerged from the first virtual (in silico) screening conducted on the Consortium’s supercomputers of more than 400.000 molecules (safe-in-man drugs and natural products) made available by Dompé farmaceutici and the partner Fraunhofer (IME) to the Consortium. The molecules were prioritized if in clinical stage or already on the market. 7.000 molecules with certain promising characteristics were tested.

SYN

Raloxifene syn.png

Jones, Charles D.; Jevnikar, Mary G.; Pike, Andrew J.; Peters, Mary K.; Black, Larry J.; Thompson, Allen R.; Falcone, Julie F.; Clemens, James A. (1984). “Antiestrogens. 2. Structure-activity studies in a series of 3-aroyl-2-arylbenzo[b]thiophene derivatives leading to [6-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)benzo[b]thien-3-yl]-[4-[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]methanone hydrochloride (LY 156758), a remarkably effective estrogen antagonist with only minimal intrinsic estrogenicity”. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 27 (8): 1057–66.doi:10.1021/jm00374a021PMID 6431104.

syn 1

EP 0062053; GB 2097788

Keoxifene has been synthesized using the following process: A portion of 6-methanesulfonyloxy-2-(4-methanesulfonyloxyphenyl)-3-[4-(2-pipendinoethoxy)benzoyl]benzo[b]thiophene hydrochloride (I) was combined with denatured alcohol and 5N sodium hydroxide, and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness under vacuum, and the residue dissolved in water and washed with diethyl ether. The water layer was degassed under vacuum, and then nitrogen was bubbled through it to remove all traces of ether. The mixture was then acidified with 1N hydrochloric acid, and then made basic with excess sodium bicarbonate The precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with cold water to obtain crude product, which was purified on a column of silica gel. The column was eluted first with 700 ml of 5% methanol in chloroform, followed by 1l of 10% methanol in chloroform. The impurities came off first, and the product-containing fractions were combined and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a yellow oil. The oil was dissolved in acetone seeded and chilled in a freezer to obtain the purified product.

syn2

J Label Compd Radiopharm 1995,36(1),43

The synthesis of radiolabeled raloxifene has been reported: The esterification of 3,5-dibromo-4-hydroxybenzoic acid (I) with methanol/HCl gives the corresponding methyl ester (II), which is condensed with 1-(2-chloroethyl)piperidine (III) by means of K2CO3 in DMF yielding 3,5-dibromo-4-[2-(1-piperidyl)ethoxy]benzoic acid methyl ester (IV). The hydrolysis of (IV) with NaOH in methanol affords the corresponding free acid (V), which by treatment of SOCl2 in toluene is converted to the acyl chloride (VI). The Friedel-Crafts condensation of (VI) with 6-methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)benzo[b]thiophene (VII) by means of AlCl3 in dichloromethane gives [3,5-dibromo-4-[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]-[6-methoxy-2-(4-methoxy phenyl)benzo[b]thien-3-yl]methanone (VIII), which is demethylated with AlCl3 and ethylmercaptane to dibromoraloxifene (IX). Finally, this compound is submitted to hydrogenolysis with tritium over Pd/C in methanol.

syn 3

Bioorg Med Chem Lett 1997,7(8),993

The two major metabolites of raloxifene, the glucuronide conjugates (VI) and (VIII) are synthesized as follows: The partial silylation of raloxifene (I) with tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (TBDMS-Cl) by means of dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) in THF/DMF gives a mixture of the monosilylated compounds (II) and (III), which are separated by chromatography. Compounds (II) and (III) are independently condensed with methyl 1,2,3,4-tetra-O-acetyl-D-glucuronate (IV) by means of BF3.OEt2 in dichloromethane yielding protected glucuronides (V) and (VII), respectively. Finally, both compounds are deprotected by a treatment first with LiOH in dioxane to hydrolyzed the ester groups, and then with tetrabutylammonium fluoride in THF to eliminate the silyl groups, thus obtaining the desired metabolites (VI) and (VIII), respectively.

syn 4

Tetrahedron Lett 1999,40(28),5155

Two related new syntheses of raloxifene have been described: 1) The acylation of N-(6-methoxy-1-benzothiophen-2-yl)-N,N-dimethylamine (I) with 4-fluorobenzoyl chloride (II) by heating at 100 C in chlorobenzene gives the 3-acyl derivative (III), which is condensed with 4-methoxyphenylmagnesium bromide (IV) in THF yielding 3-(4-fluorobenzoyl)-6-methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-benzothiophene (V). The condensation of (V) with 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperidine (VI) by means of NaH in DMF affords the ether (VII), which is finally demethylated with AlCl3 and ethanethiol. 2) The intermediate (III) can also be condensed first with 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperidine (VI) by means of NaH as before giving the piperidinoethyl ether (VIII), which is then condensed with the Grignard reagent (IV) affording the previously reported ether (VII).

syn

Org Chem Ind J, Volume: 14( 3)

https://www.tsijournals.com/articles/industrially-viable-demethylation-reaction-in-synthesis-of-raloxifene-hydrochloride-13848.html

A GREEN PROCESS FOR DEMETHYLATION REACTION IN SYNTHESIS OF RALOXIFENE HYDROCHLORIDEAuthors : Ramadas Chavakula *, Chakradhar Saladi J S, Narayana Rao Mutyalaa , Vijaya Raju Maddalaa and Raghu Babu Kb

A green process for  demethylation reaction in synthesis of raloxifene hydrochloride by using aluminium chloride and odorless  decanethiol as demethylation agent instead of aluminium chloride and ethanethiol (foul smell) under normal conditions is described.

Raloxifene hydrochloride [1], is an estrogen agonist/antagonist, commonly referred to as a Selective Estrogen Receptor Modulator (SERM) [1,2] that belongs to the benzothiophene class of compounds. Raloxifene decreases the resorption of bone and reduces the biochemical markers of bone turnover to the premenopausal range [35]. Raloxifene hydrochloride may also lower the chance of developing a certain type of breast cancer (invasive breast cancer) in post-menopausal women [6,7]. It can be synthesized [3] directly from aroylation of 6-methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)benzo[b]thiophene [2] by the acid chloride(4) of 4-[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethoxy]benzoic acid hydrochloride [3] in the presence of AlCl3 followed by addition of ethanethiol (FIG. 1).

Experimental Section

4-[2-(1-Piperidinyl)ethoxy]benzoic acid hydrochloride [3] and 6-methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl) benzo[b] thiophene [2] were prepared by procedures reported previously [3]. Decanethiol was from commercial source. All melting points are uncorrected and were determined in capillary tubes on an Electothermal melting point apparatus. 1NMR spectra were recorded on a Brucker ADVANCE 400 MHz spectrometer, using DMSO-d6 as solvent and TMS as internal standard. Electrospray ionization mass spectroscopy was performed using an ion trap mass spectrometer (Model 6310 Agilent). All reactions were monitored and checked by Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) using methanol and spots examined by a UV lamp.

Preparation of [6-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl][4-[2-(1-piperidyl)ethoxy]phenyl] methanone hydrochloride (Raloxifene hydrochloride) [1]

To a solution of 4-[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethoxy]benzoic acid hydrochloride (3) (14.3 g, 0.05 mol) in methylene dichloride (400 mL) and pyridine (0.5 mL) at 25ºC to 35ºC, thionyl chloride (23.8 g, 0.20 mol) was added dropwise under argon for 15-30 minute. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hr. at 40ºC to 45ºC. Excess thionyl chloride and solvent were removed in vacuum at 40◦C to afford 15.0 g of the crude acid chloride hydrochloride salt [4]. The crude solid acid chloride hydrochloride [4] was dissolved in methylene dichloride (150 mL), cooled to 0ºC to 10ºC, 6-methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)benzo[b] thiophene [2] (10.8 g, 0.04 mol) was added. Then, anhydrous aluminium chloride (37.0 g, 0.28 mol) was added portion wise over a period of 30 min and then the mixture was allowed to warm to 30ºC and stirred for 2 hr at 25-35ºC. Then decanethiol (28.0 g, 0.16 mol) was added and stirred for 2 hr. at 25-35ºC. The reaction mixture was quenched with mixture of methanol (100 mL), ice (200 g) and Conc. HCl (15 mL) and stirred for 1 hr. at 25-35ºC. The precipitated solid was collected, washed with water (100 mL X 2) and dried at 65ºC for 4 h to afford 20.0 g of crude compound 1, which was crystallized from methanol/water (23/1, vol/vol) to yield 13.6 g of compound 1 (53.3 %yield) as a white solid, MP 258-260°C, liter 3, 258°C ; 1NMR: δ 1.34, 1.72 [2H, m, (CH2CH2)2CH2], 1.76 [4H, m, N(CH2CH2)2], 2.96 (2H, m, N-CH2), 3.43 [4H, m, N(CH2CH2)2], 4.44 (2H, m, O-CH2), 6.67 (2H, d, Ar), 6.85 (1H, d, Ar), 6.95 (2H, d, Ar), 7.18 (2H, d, Ar), 7.25 (1H, d, Ar), 7.35 (1H, s, Ar), 7.70 (2H, d, Ar), 9.77 (1H, s, OH), 9.82 (1H, s, OH), 10.16 (1H, brs, NH), MS (ESI): m/z 474.6 (M +H). “This procedure has been scaled up using 250g of compound 1.”

Results and Discussion

Commonly used thiols like ethanethiol and benzyl mercaptan in demethylation reactions have a foul smell making them difficult and unpleasant to use in the laboratory without fume hoods. The problem becomes even worse in industry on a large scale. Odorless substitutes are therefore always required. Few papers [8,9] discuss the use of long chain thiols to minimize odor, so we used this work as a basis for choosing a long chain thiol for our demethylation reaction. We now report a new, highly active demethylation reagent, an aluminum chloride and decanethiol, characterized by rapid action under mild conditions, easy workup of the reaction product, and high yield (FIG. 2.).

organic-chemistry-synthesis

Figure 2: Synthesis of Raloxifene hydrochloride.

Conclusion

In conclusion, we have found that decanethiol is odorless thiol compared to ethanethiol. We believe that removing the foul-smelling thiols and use of these odorless thiols will greatly improve the greenchemistry.

References

  1. Grese TA, Dodge JA. Selective Estrogen Receptor Modulators (SERMs). Curr Pharm Des. 1998;4:71-92.
  2. Bryant HU, Dere WH. Selective estrogen receptor modulators: an alternative to hormone replacement therapy. Proc Soc Exp Biol Med. 1998;217:45-52.
  3. Jones CD, Jevnikar MG, Pike AJ, et al. Antiestrogens. 2. Structure-activity studies in a series of 3-aroyl-2-arylbenzo [b] thiophene derivatives leading to [6-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl) benzo [b] thien-3-yl]-[4-[2-(1-piperidinyl) ethoxy] phenyl] methanone hydrochloride (LY 156758), a remarkably effective estrogen antagonist with only minimal intrinsic estrogenicity. J Med Chem. 1984;27:1057-66.
  4. Sato M, Grese TA, Dodge JA, et al. Emerging therapies for the prevention or treatment of postmenopausal osteoporosis. J Med Chem. 1999;42:1-24.
  5. Draper MW, Flowers DE, Huster WJ, et al. A controlled trial of raloxifene (LY139481) HCl: impact on bone turnover and serum lipid profile in healthy postmenopausal women. J Bone Miner Res. 1996;11:835-42.

paper

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0223523412001122

Recent advances in the synthesis of raloxifene: A selective estrogen receptor modulator - ScienceDirect
Recent advances in the synthesis of raloxifene: A selective estrogen receptor modulator - ScienceDirect
Recent advances in the synthesis of raloxifene: A selective estrogen receptor modulator - ScienceDirect
Recent advances in the synthesis of raloxifene: A selective estrogen receptor modulator - ScienceDirect
Recent advances in the synthesis of raloxifene: A selective estrogen receptor modulator - ScienceDirect

syn

https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00397911.2014.943348?journalCode=lsyc20

Piperidine Nucleophilic Substitution Without Solvent: An Efficient Synthesis of RaloxifeneYewei Yang,Tao Zhang,Wenhai Huang &Zhenrong Shen Pages 3271-3276 |

Mild and high-yielding synthesis is described for raloxifene via piperdine nucleophilic substitution of a new raloxifene intermediate 3-aroyl-2-aryl-substituted benzo[b]thiophenes, which is obtained by acylation of para-substituted benzoyl chlorides and 2-arylbenzo[b]thiophenes. The key step is solvent free and offers valuable advantages, such as low cost, and is suitable for industrial production.

Graphical abstract

Keywords: Friedel–Crafts acylationgreen chemistrynucleophilesraloxifeneSERM

The improved synthesis of raloxifene 1 was accomplished as shown in Scheme 2. Methyl p-hydroxybenzoate 2, 1-bromo-2-chloroethane, and K2CO3 were refluxed in acetone, yielding compound 3 in 94% yield. Without prior purification, 3 was hydrolyzed to the corresponding p-substituted benzoyl acids 4 in 100% yield. The application of general reaction conditions of methanol as solvent and hydrochloric as acid would afford the substitution impurity 4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-benzoic acid. To control this impurity during reaction, various solvents such as alcohol, ethyl acetate, acetone, and tetrahydrofuran (THF) were screened, and THF gave the best result from the view of impurity formation and yield. Compound 4 is a solid and was easily isolated from THF by adding water. Then 4 was transferred to acid chlorides 5 and substantially reacted with benzothiophene 6 using AlCl3 in dichloromethane at 50 C to afford aroylated benzothiophene 7 in two steps, with yield of 95% (79% from method A[8] and 65.5% from method B[3]). With the requisite 7 in hand, we next examined piperidine nucleophilic substitution to produce the desired beno[b]thien-3-yl ketones 8. In general using reaction conditions A (acetone, NaI, K2CO3, reflux, 70%) and B (acetonitrile, NaI, K2CO3, reflux, 85%), impurity formation was observed from the beginning of the reaction. We screened various conditions and were delighted to found that using excess piperidine at reflux temperature gave negligible impurity formation. Piperidine was not only reagent but also solvent. The isolated product 8 was stable and was converted into the desired raloxifene 1 as reported. In conclusion, we have developed a viable alternative route for the synthesis of raloxifene. The new synthesis would have been better able to support the increase in bulk demand for this drug for the chemoprevention of breast cancer and novel formulations. Our synthetic route has several advantages: the use of difunctionalized coumpunds 5 as key intermediate makes Friedel–Crafts acylation and nucleophilic substitution highly efficient. The using of piperine as reagent and solvent avoids the large waste streams derived from neutralization reaction of sodium hydride. The cost of the new route is less than the current route of manufacture. 


 Preparation of [4-(2-Chloro-ethoxy)-phenyl]-[6-methoxy-2- (4-methoxy-phenyl)-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl]-methanone (7) Under an N2 atmosphere, 5 was added to a mixture of 6 (20.25 g, 75 mmol) and AlCl3 (13.30 g, 100 mmol) in DCM (2 mL), and the mixture was stirred for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC (n-hexane/EtOAc, 4:1). After the reaction was judged complete, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool. The crude mixture was poured into H2O and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated and concentrated. The residue was crystallized from EtOAc to give the product 7 (32.26 g, 95%): yellow solid crystals; mp 119–120 C; IR (KBr) nmax: 2960, 2835, 1647, 1599, 1472, 1251, 1169, 1032, 830 cm1 ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) d 7.76 (d, J ¼ 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (d, J ¼ 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J ¼ 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 6.95 (dd, J ¼ 8.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (dd, J ¼ 9.2, 7.2 Hz, 4H), 4.20 (t, J ¼ 4.0 Hz,2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.78 (t, J ¼ 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) d 193.1, 162.1, 159.7, 157.6, 142.7, 139.9, 133.8, 132.3, 130.9, 130.2, 130.1, 125.9, 123.9, 114.8, 114.1, 113.9, 104.4, 67.8, 55.6, 55.2, 41.5; MS (EI) m/z (%):452 (Mþ, 100.0), 437 (13.0), 297 (25.0), 183 (39.0), 121 (44.0). HRMS m/z (EI) calcd. for C25H22ClO4S: (MþH) þ: 453.0927; found: 453.0933. 
Preparation of [6-Methoxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-benzo[b] thiophen-3-yl]-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methanone (8) Under an N2 atmosphere, a mixture of 7 (8.50 g, 19 mmol) and piperdine (30 ml) was stirred under reflux for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC (n-hexane/EtOAc, 4:1). After the reaction was judged complete, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool. The mixture was concentrated for recovery of piperidine. EtOAc was added and the residue was washed with saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution. The organic layer was separated and concentrated to give the product 8 (8.80 g, 94%): yellow viscous oil; IR (KBr) nmax: cm1 2933, 1645, 1597, 1535, 1501, 1470, 1249, 1164, 1030, 827; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) d7.76 (d, J ¼ 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J ¼ 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J ¼ 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d, J ¼ 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (dd, J ¼ 8.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (dd, J ¼ 7.2, 5.2 Hz, 4H), 4.08 (t, J ¼ 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 2.71 (t, J ¼ 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.46 (s, 4H), 1.60–1.54 (m, 4H), 1.43–1.41 (m, 2H).13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) d 193.2, 163.0, 159.7, 157.6, 142.4, 140.1, 133.9, 132.3, 130.6, 130.4, 130.2, 126.0, 124.0, 114.8, 114.2, 114.1, 104.5, 66.3, 57.7, 55.6, 55.2, 55.1, 25.9, 24.1. MS (EI) m/z (%): 501 (Mþ, 100.0), 452 (12.0), 402 (21.0), 297 (24.0), 98 (100.0). HRMS m/z (EI) calcd. for C30H32NO4S: (MþH) þ: 502.2052; found: 502.2055.REFERENCES 1. Clemett, D.; Spencer, C. M. Drugs 2000, 60 (2), 379–411. 2. Land, S. R. JAMA 2007, 298 (9), 973–973. 3. Dadiboyena, S. Eur. J. Med. Chem. 2012, 51, 17–34. 4. Schmid, C. R.; Sluka, J. P.; Duke, K. M. Tetrahedron Lett. 1999, 40 (4), 675–678. 5. Bradley, D. A.; Godfrey, A. G.; Schmid, C. R. Tetrahedron Lett. 1999, 40 (28), 5155–5159. 6. Shinde, P. S.; Shinde, S. S.; Renge, A. S.; Patil, G. H.; Rode, A. B.; Pawar, R. R. Lett. Org. Chem. 2009, 6 (1), 8–10.7. Sach, N. W.; Richter, D. T.; Cripps, S.; Tran-Dube, M.; Zhu, H. C.; Huang, B. W.; Cui, J.; Sutton, S. C. Org. Lett. 2012, 14 (15), 3886–889. 8. Jones, C. D.; Jevnikar, M. G.; Pike, A. J.; Peters, M. K.; Black, L. J.; Thompson, A. R.; Falcone, J. F.; Clemens, J. A. J. Med. Chem. 1984, 27 (8), 1057–1066. 9. Grese, T. A.; Cho, S.; Finley, D. R.; Godfrey, A. G.; Jones, C. D.; Lugar, C. W.; Martin, M. J.; Matsumoto, K.; Pennington, L. D.; Winter, M. A.; Adrian, M. D.; Cole, H. W.; Magee, D. E.; Phillips, D. L.; Rowley, E. R.; Short, L. L.; Glasebrook, A. L.; Bryant, H. U. J. Med. Chem. 1997, 40 (2), 146–167. 
synChapter 2 – 1-Substituted PiperidinesAuthor links open overlay panelRubenVardanyan
https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-805157-3.00002-8Piperidine-Based Drug DiscoveryHeterocyclic Drug Discovery2017, Pages 83-1011-Substituted Piperidines

Ruben Vardanyan, in Piperidine-Based Drug Discovery, 2017

Raloxifene (7685)

Raloxifene (Evista) (1.3.4) is a second-generation selective estrogen receptor modulator that functions as an estrogen antagonist on breast and uterine tissues, and an estrogen agonist on bone. Raloxifene is an antiresorptive agent, a new representative of a class of drugs that prevent the loss of bone mass, i.e., used to treat osteoporosis and similar diseases in postmenopausal women and those postmenopausal women at increased risk of invasive breast cancer [41–53].

It was shown that raloxifene can have some affect on cognition, mental health, sleep, and sexual function in menopausal women [54]. Raloxifene was used also as an adjuvant treatment in postmenopausal women with schizophrenia [55].

The first reported synthesis of the raloxifene scaffold consists in Friedel-Crafts aroylation in 1,2-dichloroethane and using AlCl3 as a catalyst by coupling of 4-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethoxy)benzoyl chloride (2.3.15) with benzothiophene derivative (2.3.16) followed by alkaline hydrolysis of mesyl groups, which give the desired raloxifene (2.3.4) [56–58] (Scheme 2.9).

The key intermediate – 6-methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)benzo[b]thiophene (2.3.16) – was prepared by the cyclization-rearrangement of 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-((3-methoxyphenyl)thio)ethan-1-one (2.3.20) induced by polyphosphoric acid (PPA). This rearrangement (Kost rearrangement [59]) is general for 3-(R-substituted)indoles, -benzofurans, and -benzothiophenes, which are converted to the corresponding 2-isomers by heating with PPA.

The synthesis started from thiophenol (2.3.18) and bromoketone (2.3.19), which were coupled in presence of KOH in ethanol/water solution. Obtained (2.3.20) was heated with PPA to give a mixture that is easily separable by crystallization isomeric 2-phenylbenzo[b]thiophenes (2.3.21) and (2.3.22), where preferable, isomer (2.3.22) predominates. Cleavage of the methoxy groups in (2.3.22) was done conveniently with pyridine hydrochloride to give (2.3.23), which was easily converted to mesylate (2.3.16) with methanesulfonyl chloride in pyridine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine as a catalyst (Scheme 2.10).

The second reagent—4-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethoxy)benzoyl chloride (2.3.15)—was prepared starting with 4-hydroxybenzoate (2.3.24), which with 1-(2-chloroethyl)piperidine (2.3.25) in anhydrous DMF, and K2CO3 or sodium hydride, gave methyl 4-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethoxy)benzoate (2.3.26) hydrolyzed in MeOH/water NaOH solution. The acid (2.3.26) was converted to its chloride (2.3.15) with SOCl2 in 1,2-dichloroethane and a catalytic amount of DMF (Scheme 2.11).

Another novel convenient synthesis of raloxifene (2.3.4) have been proposed [60]. According to this method anisaldehyde (2.3.28) was transformed to corresponding cyanohydrin (2.3.29) using a mixture of sodium cyanide ethanol containing triethylamine through which HCl gas was passed over 30 minutes at 5–10°C.

Gaseous HCl was added to the solution of prepared cyanohydrin (2.3.29) in ethanol at room temperature over 30 minutes in order to give p-methoxybenzaldehyde cyanohydrin iminoether hydrochloride (2.3.30). Then, hydrogen sulfide was bubbled into a solution of the methyl imidate (2.3.30) and triethylamine in methanol at 0°C to give α-(4-methoxy phenyl)-α-hydroxy-N,N dimethylthioacetamide (2.3.31).

To the obtained α-hydroxythioamide (2.3.31) dissolved-in-methylene chloride methanesulfonic acid was slowly added, which transformed the starting material to 2-N,N-dimethylamino-6-methoxy benzo[β]thiophene (2.3.32).

The obtained 2-dimethylaminobenzothiophene (2.3.32) and known 4-(2-piperidinoethoxy)-benzoyl chloride (2.3.15) were partially dissolved in chlorobenzene and the mixture was warmed in a 100–105°C to give 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-3-[4-(piperidinoethoxy)benzoyl]-benzo[β]thiophene (2.3.33). 4-Methoxyphenylmagnesium bromide (2.3.34) in THF was added to chilled to 0°C prepared compound (2.3.33) in THF, which gave 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-3-[4-(piperidinoethoxy)benzoyl] benzo[β] thiophene (2.3.35). To the prepared benzothiophene (2.3.35) suspended in chlorobenzene was added AlCl3, followed by the addition of n-propanethiol, and the mixture was heated at 35°C. After the workup with aqueous HCl, the desired raloxifene (2.3.4) was separated [60] (Scheme 2.12).

There exist plenty of modifications for these two approaches, as reviewed in [61,62].

Clinical data
Trade namesEvista, Optruma, others
Other namesKeoxifene; Pharoxifene; LY-139481; LY-156758; CCRIS-7129
AHFS/Drugs.comMonograph
MedlinePlusa698007
License dataEUEMAby INNUSDailyMedRaloxifeneUSFDAEvista
Pregnancy
category
AU: X (High risk)US: X (Contraindicated)
Routes of
administration
By mouth
Drug classSelective estrogen receptor modulator
ATC codeG03XC01 (WHO)
Legal status
Legal statusIn general: ℞ (Prescription only)
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability2%[1][2]
Protein binding>95%[1][2]
MetabolismLiverintestines (glucuro-
nidation
);[1][2][3]CYP450 system not involved[1][2]
Elimination half-lifeSingle-dose: 28 hours[1][2]
Multi-dose: 33 hours[1]
ExcretionFeces[2]
Identifiers
IUPAC name[show]
CAS Number84449-90-1 
82640-04-8 (hydrochloride)
PubChemCID5035
IUPHAR/BPS2820
DrugBankDB00481 
ChemSpider4859 
UNIIYX9162EO3I
ChEBICHEBI:8772 
ChEMBLChEMBL81 
PDB ligandRAL (PDBeRCSB PDB)
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)DTXSID3023550 
ECHA InfoCard100.212.655
Chemical and physical data
FormulaC28H27NO4S
Molar mass473.584 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)Interactive image
SMILES[hide]O=C(c1c3ccc(O)cc3sc1c2ccc(O)cc2)c5ccc(OCCN4CCCCC4)cc5
InChI[hide]InChI=1S/C28H27NO4S/c30-21-8-4-20(5-9-21)28-26(24-13-10-22(31)18-25(24)34-28)27(32)19-6-11-23(12-7-19)33-17-16-29-14-2-1-3-15-29/h4-13,18,30-31H,1-3,14-17H2 Key:GZUITABIAKMVPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w Morello, Karla C.; Wurz, Gregory T.; DeGregorio, Michael W. (2003). “Pharmacokinetics of Selective Estrogen Receptor Modulators”. Clinical Pharmacokinetics42 (4): 361–372. doi:10.2165/00003088-200342040-00004ISSN 0312-5963PMID 12648026S2CID 13003168.
  2. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q Hochner-Celnikier D (1999). “Pharmacokinetics of raloxifene and its clinical application”. Eur. J. Obstet. Gynecol. Reprod. Biol85 (1): 23–9. doi:10.1016/s0301-2115(98)00278-4PMID 10428318.
  3. ^ Jeong, Eun Ju; Liu, Yong; Lin, Huimin; Hu, Ming (2005-03-15). “Species- and Disposition Model-Dependent Metabolism of Raloxifene in Gut and Liver: Role of UGT1A10”. Drug Metabolism and DispositionASPET33 (6): 785–794. doi:10.1124/dmd.104.001883PMID 15769887S2CID 24273998.
  4. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j k l m “Raloxifene Hydrochloride Monograph for Professionals”Drugs.com. American Society of Health-System Pharmacists. Retrieved 22 March 2019.
  5. ^ Yang, Z. D.; Yu, J.; Zhang, Q. (August 2013). “Effects of raloxifene on cognition, mental health, sleep and sexual function in menopausal women: a systematic review of randomized controlled trials”. Maturitas75 (4): 341–348. doi:10.1016/j.maturitas.2013.05.010ISSN 1873-4111PMID 23764354.
  6. Jump up to:a b British national formulary : BNF 76 (76 ed.). Pharmaceutical Press. 2018. pp. 736–737. ISBN 9780857113382.
  7. ^ “NADAC as of 2019-02-27”Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Retrieved 3 March 2019.
  8. ^ “Raloxifene Hydrochloride – Drug Usage Statistics”ClinCalc. Retrieved 11 April 2020.
  9. ^ “Raloxifene: MedlinePlus Drug Information”medlineplus.gov. Retrieved 2018-11-07.
  10. Jump up to:a b c Mosby (5 March 2013). Mosby’s Drug Reference for Health Professions – E-Book. Elsevier Health Sciences. pp. 1379–. ISBN 978-0-323-18760-2.
  11. ^ Ohta, Hiroaki; Hamaya, Etsuro; Taketsuna, Masanori; Sowa, Hideaki (January 2015). “Quality of life in Japanese women with postmenopausal osteoporosis treated with raloxifene and vitamin D: post hoc analysis of a postmarketing study”. Current Medical Research and Opinion31 (1): 85–94. doi:10.1185/03007995.2014.975339ISSN 1473-4877PMID 25299349S2CID 24671531.
  12. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t Fabian CJ, Kimler BF (March 2005). “Selective estrogen-receptor modulators for primary prevention of breast cancer”. J. Clin. Oncol23 (8): 1644–55. doi:10.1200/JCO.2005.11.005PMID 15755972.
  13. Jump up to:a b c Kirby I. Bland; Edward M. Copeland; V. Suzanne Klimberg; William J Gradishar (29 June 2017). The Breast E-Book: Comprehensive Management of Benign and Malignant Diseases. Elsevier Health Sciences. pp. 231–. ISBN 978-0-323-51187-2.
  14. Jump up to:a b c d Raloxifene label Last updated 09/2007]
  15. Jump up to:a b Gizzo S, Saccardi C, Patrelli TS, Berretta R, Capobianco G, Di Gangi S, Vacilotto A, Bertocco A, Noventa M, Ancona E, D’Antona D, Nardelli GB (2013). “Update on raloxifene: mechanism of action, clinical efficacy, adverse effects, and contraindications”. Obstet Gynecol Surv68 (6): 467–81. doi:10.1097/OGX.0b013e31828baef9PMID 23942473S2CID 9003157.
  16. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h Goldstein, S. R. (2000). “A pharmacological review of selective oestrogen receptor modulators”Human Reproduction Update6 (3): 212–224. doi:10.1093/humupd/6.3.212ISSN 1355-4786PMID 10874566.
  17. ^ Seeman E (2001). “Raloxifene”. J. Bone Miner. Metab19 (2): 65–75. doi:10.1007/s007740170043PMID 11281162.
  18. Jump up to:a b c Park, W (2002). “Selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMS) and their roles in breast cancer prevention”. Trends in Molecular Medicine8 (2): 82–88. doi:10.1016/S1471-4914(02)02282-7ISSN 1471-4914PMID 11815274.
  19. ^ Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, Rockville, MD. (September 2009). “Medications Effective in Reducing Risk of Breast Cancer But Increase Risk of Adverse Effects”. Retrieved 2009-09-14.
  20. ^ Lemmo, W (2016). “Anti-Estrogen Withdrawal Effect With Raloxifene? A Case Report”Integrative Cancer Therapies. Published Online Before Print July 13 (3): 245–249. doi:10.1177/1534735416658954PMC 5739193PMID 27411856.
  21. Jump up to:a b Haskell, Sally G. (2003). “Selective Estrogen Receptor Modulators”. Southern Medical Journal96 (5): 469–476. doi:10.1097/01.SMJ.0000051146.93190.4AISSN 0038-4348PMID 12911186S2CID 40607634.
  22. ^ Weatherman, Ross V; Clegg, Nicola J; Scanlan, Thomas S (2001). “Differential SERM activation of the estrogen receptors (ERα and ERβ) at AP-1 sites”Chemistry & Biology8(5): 427–436. doi:10.1016/S1074-5521(01)00025-4ISSN 1074-5521PMID 11358690.
  23. ^ Escande A, Pillon A, Servant N, Cravedi JP, Larrea F, Muhn P, Nicolas JC, Cavaillès V, Balaguer P (May 2006). “Evaluation of ligand selectivity using reporter cell lines stably expressing estrogen receptor alpha or beta”. Biochem. Pharmacol71 (10): 1459–69. doi:10.1016/j.bcp.2006.02.002PMID 16554039.
  24. ^ Greene, G. L.; Shiau, A. K.; Nettles, K. W. (2004). “A Structural Explanation for ERα/ERβ SERM Discrimination”. New Molecular Mechanisms of Estrogen Action and Their Impact on Future Perspectives in Estrogen Therapy (46): 33–45. doi:10.1007/978-3-662-05386-7_3ISBN 978-3-662-05388-1PMID 15248503.
  25. ^ Barkhem, Tomas; Carlsson, Bo; Nilsson, Yvonne; Enmark, Eva; Gustafsson, Jan-Åke; Nilsson, Stefan (1998). “Differential Response of Estrogen Receptor α and Estrogen Receptor β to Partial Estrogen Agonists/Antagonists”. Molecular Pharmacology54 (1): 105–112. doi:10.1124/mol.54.1.105ISSN 0026-895XPMID 9658195.
  26. ^ Prossnitz ER, Arterburn JB (July 2015). “International Union of Basic and Clinical Pharmacology. XCVII. G Protein-Coupled Estrogen Receptor and Its Pharmacologic Modulators”Pharmacol. Rev67 (3): 505–40. doi:10.1124/pr.114.009712PMC 4485017PMID 26023144.
  27. ^ Petrie WK, Dennis MK, Hu C, Dai D, Arterburn JB, Smith HO, Hathaway HJ, Prossnitz ER (2013). “G protein-coupled estrogen receptor-selective ligands modulate endometrial tumor growth”Obstet Gynecol Int2013: 472720. doi:10.1155/2013/472720PMC 3863501PMID 24379833.
  28. ^ Jeon-Hor, Chen; et al. (September 15, 2003). “Reduction of Breast Density Following Tamoxifen Treatment Evaluated by 3-D MRI: Preliminary Study”Magn Reson Imaging29 (1): 91–8. doi:10.1016/j.mri.2010.07.009PMC 3005955PMID 20832226.
  29. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h Draper, Michael W.; Chin, William W. (2003). “Molecular and Clinical Evidence for the Unique Nature of Individual Selective Estrogen Receptor Modulators”. Clinical Obstetrics and Gynecology46 (2): 265–297. doi:10.1097/00003081-200306000-00008ISSN 0009-9201PMID 12808380S2CID 5132467.
  30. Jump up to:a b c Corona G, Rastrelli G, Ratrelli G, Maggi M (February 2015). “The pharmacotherapy of male hypogonadism besides androgens”. Expert Opin Pharmacother16 (3): 369–87. doi:10.1517/14656566.2015.993607PMID 25523084S2CID 8891640.
  31. Jump up to:a b Duarte FH, Jallad RS, Bronstein MD (November 2016). “Estrogens and selective estrogen receptor modulators in acromegaly”. Endocrine54 (2): 306–314. doi:10.1007/s12020-016-1118-zPMID 27704479S2CID 10136018.
  32. Jump up to:a b Birzniece V, Sutanto S, Ho KK (April 2012). “Gender difference in the neuroendocrine regulation of growth hormone axis by selective estrogen receptor modulators”J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab97 (4): E521–7. doi:10.1210/jc.2011-3347PMID 22319035.
  33. Jump up to:a b Uebelhart B, Herrmann F, Pavo I, Draper MW, Rizzoli R (September 2004). “Raloxifene treatment is associated with increased serum estradiol and decreased bone remodeling in healthy middle-aged men with low sex hormone levels”. J. Bone Miner. Res19 (9): 1518–24. doi:10.1359/JBMR.040503PMID 15312253S2CID 36104038.
  34. ^ Xu, Beibei; Lovre, Dragana; Mauvais-Jarvis, Franck (2016). “Effect of selective estrogen receptor modulators on metabolic homeostasis”. Biochimie124: 92–97. doi:10.1016/j.biochi.2015.06.018ISSN 0300-9084PMID 26133657In healthy postmemopausal women, raloxifene treatment for one year prevented body weight gain and abdominal adiposity by promoting a shift from an android to gynoid fat distribution [46].
  35. ^ Francucci, C. M.; Pantaleo, D.; Iori, N.; Camilletti, A.; Massi, F.; Boscaro, M. (2014). “Effects of raloxifene on body fat distribution and lipid profile in healthy post-menopausal women”. Journal of Endocrinological Investigation28 (9): 623–631. doi:10.1007/BF03347261ISSN 0391-4097PMID 16218045S2CID 28467435These results […] suggest, for the first time, that RLX promotes the shift from android to gynoid fat distribution, and prevents the uptrend of abdominal adiposity and body weight compared with untreated women.
  36. ^ Snyder KR, Sparano N, Malinowski JM (September 2000). “Raloxifene hydrochloride”. Am J Health Syst Pharm57 (18): 1669–75, quiz 1676–8. doi:10.1093/ajhp/57.18.1669PMID 11006795.
  37. Jump up to:a b Eric S. Orwoll; Michael Bliziotes (2 August 2002). Osteoporosis: Pathophysiology and Clinical Management. Springer Science & Business Media. pp. 320–. ISBN 978-1-59259-278-4.
  38. Jump up to:a b Stuart Silverman; Bo Abrahamsen (29 December 2015). The Duration and Safety of Osteoporosis Treatment: Anabolic and Antiresorptive Therapy. Springer. pp. 24–. ISBN 978-3-319-23639-1.
  39. Jump up to:a b Institute of Medicine; Board on Health Sciences Policy; Committee on Accelerating Rare Diseases Research and Orphan Product Development (3 April 2011). Rare Diseases and Orphan Products: Accelerating Research and Development. National Academies Press. pp. 113–. ISBN 978-0-309-15806-0.
  40. ^ Reducing Breast Cancer Risk with Drugs. Am Cncl on Science, Health. pp. 10–. GGKEY:CBEALLAHP8W.
  41. ^ Sydney Lou Bonnick (10 November 2007). Bone Densitometry for Technologists. Springer Science & Business Media. pp. 277–. ISBN 978-1-59259-992-9.
  42. ^ Jie Jack Li; Douglas S. Johnson (27 March 2013). Modern Drug Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons. pp. 2–. ISBN 978-1-118-70124-9.
  43. Jump up to:a b J. Elks (14 November 2014). The Dictionary of Drugs: Chemical Data: Chemical Data, Structures and Bibliographies. Springer. pp. 1063–. ISBN 978-1-4757-2085-3.
  44. Jump up to:a b c d Index Nominum 2000: International Drug Directory. Taylor & Francis. 2000. pp. 909–. ISBN 978-3-88763-075-1.
  45. ^ I.K. Morton; Judith M. Hall (31 October 1999). Concise Dictionary of Pharmacological Agents: Properties and Synonyms. Springer Science & Business Media. pp. 245–. ISBN 978-0-7514-0499-9.
  46. Jump up to:a b c d e “Raloxifene”.
  47. ^ Thelancetoncology (2006). “A STARring role for raloxifene?”. Lancet Oncol7 (6): 443. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(06)70701-XPMID 16750489.
  48. ^ Provinciali N, Suen C, Dunn BK, DeCensi A (October 2016). “Raloxifene hydrochloride for breast cancer risk reduction in postmenopausal women”. Expert Rev Clin Pharmacol9 (10): 1263–1272. doi:10.1080/17512433.2016.1231575PMID 27583816S2CID 26047863.
  49. ^ James F. Holland; Raphael E. Pollock (2010). Holland-Frei Cancer Medicine 8. PMPH-USA. pp. 743–. ISBN 978-1-60795-014-1.
  50. ^ Blum A, Hathaway L, Mincemoyer R, Schenke WH, Csako G, Waclawiw MA, Panza JA, Cannon RO (2000). “Hormonal, lipoprotein, and vascular effects of the selective estrogen receptor modulator raloxifene in hypercholesterolemic men”. Am. J. Cardiol85 (12): 1491–4, A7. doi:10.1016/s0002-9149(00)00802-xPMID 10856400.
  51. ^ Doran PM, Riggs BL, Atkinson EJ, Khosla S (2001). “Effects of raloxifene, a selective estrogen receptor modulator, on bone turnover markers and serum sex steroid and lipid levels in elderly men”. J. Bone Miner. Res16 (11): 2118–25. doi:10.1359/jbmr.2001.16.11.2118PMID 11697809S2CID 28216610.
  52. ^ Dimaraki EV, Symons KV, Barkan AL (2004). “Raloxifene decreases serum IGF-I in male patients with active acromegaly”Eur. J. Endocrinol150 (4): 481–7. doi:10.1530/eje.0.1500481PMID 15080777.
  53. ^ Duschek EJ, Gooren LJ, Netelenbos C (2004). “Effects of raloxifene on gonadotrophins, sex hormones, bone turnover and lipids in healthy elderly men” (PDF). Eur. J. Endocrinol150 (4): 539–46. doi:10.1530/eje.0.1500539PMID 15080785.
  54. ^ Smith MR, Fallon MA, Lee H, Finkelstein JS (2004). “Raloxifene to prevent gonadotropin-releasing hormone agonist-induced bone loss in men with prostate cancer: a randomized controlled trial”J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab89 (8): 3841–6. doi:10.1210/jc.2003-032058PMID 15292315.
  55. Jump up to:a b Ho TH, Nunez-Nateras R, Hou YX, Bryce AH, Northfelt DW, Dueck AC, Wong B, Stanton ML, Joseph RW, Castle EP (2017). “A Study of Combination Bicalutamide and Raloxifene for Patients With Castration-Resistant Prostate Cancer”. Clin Genitourin Cancer15 (2): 196–202.e1. doi:10.1016/j.clgc.2016.08.026PMID 27771244S2CID 19043552.
  56. ^ Khodaie-Ardakani MR, Khosravi M, Zarinfard R, Nejati S, Mohsenian A, Tabrizi M, Akhondzadeh S (2015). “A Placebo-Controlled Study of Raloxifene Added to Risperidone in Men with Chronic Schizophrenia”. Acta Med Iran53 (6): 337–45. PMID 26069170.
  57. ^ Weickert TW, Weinberg D, Lenroot R, Catts SV, Wells R, Vercammen A, O’Donnell M, Galletly C, Liu D, Balzan R, Short B, Pellen D, Curtis J, Carr VJ, Kulkarni J, Schofield PR, Weickert CS (2015). “Adjunctive raloxifene treatment improves attention and memory in men and women with schizophrenia”Mol. Psychiatry20 (6): 685–94. doi:10.1038/mp.2015.11PMC 4444978PMID 25980345.
  58. Jump up to:a b Fujimura, Tetsuya; Takayama, Kenichi; Takahashi, Satoru; Inoue, Satoshi (2018). “Estrogen and Androgen Blockade for Advanced Prostate Cancer in the Era of Precision Medicine”Cancers10 (2): 29. doi:10.3390/cancers10020029ISSN 2072-6694PMC 5836061PMID 29360794.
  59. Jump up to:a b c Wang Q, Dong X, Wang Y, Li X (2017). “Raloxifene as an adjunctive treatment for postmenopausal women with schizophrenia: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials”. Arch Womens Ment Health21 (1): 31–41. doi:10.1007/s00737-017-0773-2PMID 28849318S2CID 4524617.
  60. ^ Carneiro AL, de Cassia de Maio Dardes R, Haidar MA (July 2012). “Estrogens plus raloxifene on endometrial safety and menopausal symptoms–semisystematic review”. Menopause19 (7): 830–4. doi:10.1097/gme.0b013e31824a74cePMID 22549172S2CID 196380398.
  61. ^ Nordt CA, DiVasta AD (2008). “Gynecomastia in adolescents”. Curr. Opin. Pediatr20 (4): 375–82. doi:10.1097/MOP.0b013e328306a07cPMID 18622190S2CID 205834072.
  62. ^ Leung KC, Leung AC (2017). “Gynecomastia in Infants, Children, and Adolescents”. Recent Pat Endocr Metab Immune Drug Discov10 (2): 127–137. doi:10.2174/1872214811666170301124033PMID 28260521.
  63. ^ Lawrence SE, Faught KA, Vethamuthu J, Lawson ML (July 2004). “Beneficial effects of raloxifene and tamoxifen in the treatment of pubertal gynecomastia”. J. Pediatr145 (1): 71–6. doi:10.1016/j.jpeds.2004.03.057PMID 15238910.
  64. ^ Kanakis, G. A.; Nordkap, L.; Bang, A. K.; Calogero, A. E.; Bártfai, G.; Corona, G.; Forti, G.; Toppari, J.; Goulis, D. G.; Jørgensen, N. (2019). “EAA clinical practice guidelines—gynecomastia evaluation and management”Andrology7 (6): 778–793. doi:10.1111/andr.12636ISSN 2047-2919PMID 31099174.
  65. ^ Sugiyama, Nobuhiro; Barros, Rodrigo P.A.; Warner, Margaret; Gustafsson, Jan-Åke (2010). “ERβ: recent understanding of estrogen signaling”. Trends in Endocrinology & Metabolism21 (9): 545–552. doi:10.1016/j.tem.2010.05.001ISSN 1043-2760PMID 20646931S2CID 43001363.

Further reading

External links

///////Keoxifene hydrochloride, Raloxifene hydrochloride, LY-139481, LY 156758, Optruma, Loxifen, Evista

Pemigatinib

$
0
0
Pemigatinib.svg
img

Pemigatinib

INCB054828

FormulaC24H27F2N5O4
CAS1513857-77-62379919-96-5  HCL
Mol weight487.4991

2020/4/17FDA APPROVED, PEMAZYRE

佩米替尼 [Chinese] [INN]

3-(2,6-Difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-8-(morpholinomethyl)-1,3,4,6-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one

2H-Pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one, 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro-8-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-

3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-8-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one 

  • Originator Incyte Corporation
  • Developer Incyte Corporation; Innovent Biologics
  • ClassAntineoplastics; Ethers; Fluorobenzenes; Morpholines; Pyridines; Pyrimidinones; Pyrroles; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action Type 1 fibroblast growth factor receptor antagonists; Type 3 fibroblast growth factor receptor antagonists; Type 4 fibroblast growth factor receptor antagonists; Type-2 fibroblast growth factor receptor antagonists
  • Orphan Drug Status Yes – Myeloproliferative disorders; Lymphoma; Cholangiocarcinoma
  • MarketedCholangiocarcinoma
  • Phase IIBladder cancer; Lymphoma; Myeloproliferative disorders; Solid tumours; Urogenital cancer
  • Phase I/IICancer
  • 05 Nov 2020Preregistration for Cholangiocarcinoma (Late-stage disease, Metastatic disease, First line therapy, Inoperable/Unresectable) in Japan (PO) in November 2020
  • 05 Nov 2020Incyte Corporation stops enrolment in the FIGHT-205 trial for Bladder cancer due to regulatory feedback
  • 26 Oct 2020Preregistration for Cholangiocarcinoma (Second-line therapy or greater, Inoperable/Unresectable, Late-stage disease, Metastatic disease) in Canada (PO)

Pemigatinib, also known as INCB054828, is an orally bioavailable inhibitor of the fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) types 1, 2, and 3 (FGFR1/2/3), with potential antineoplastic activity. FGFR inhibitor INCB054828 binds to and inhibits FGFR1/2/3, which may result in the inhibition of FGFR1/2/3-related signal transduction pathways. This inhibits proliferation in FGFR1/2/3-overexpressing tumor cells.

Pemigatinib (INN),[2] sold under the brand name Pemazyre, is a medication for the treatment of adults with previously treated, unresectable locally advanced or metastatic bile duct cancer (cholangiocarcinoma) with a fibroblast growth factor receptor 2 (FGFR2) fusion or other rearrangement as detected by an FDA-approved test.[3][4] Pemigatinib works by blocking FGFR2 in tumor cells to prevent them from growing and spreading.[3]

Pemigatinib belongs to a group of medicines called protein kinase inhibitors.[5] It works by blocking enzymes known as protein kinases, particularly those that are part of receptors (targets) called fibroblast growth factor receptors (FGFRs).[5] FGFRs are found on the surface of cancer cells and are involved in the growth and spread of the cancer cells.[5] By blocking the tyrosine kinases in FGFRs, pemigatinib is expected to reduce the growth and spread of the cancer.[5]

PEMAZYRE®: Prescription Medicine that is Used to Treat Adults with Bile Duct Cancer| Pemazyre.com

The most common adverse reactions are hyperphosphatemia and hypophosphatemia (electrolyte disorders), alopecia (spot baldness), diarrhea, nail toxicity, fatigue, dysgeusia (taste distortion), nausea, constipation, stomatitis (sore or inflammation inside the mouth), dry eye, dry mouth, decreased appetite, vomiting, joint pain, abdominal pain, back pain and dry skin.[3][4] Ocular (eye) toxicity is also a risk of pemigatinib.[3][4]

Medical uses

Cholangiocarcinoma is a rare form of cancer that forms in bile ducts, which are slender tubes that carry the digestive fluid bile from the liver to gallbladder and small intestine.[3] Pemigatinib is indicated for the treatment of adults with bile duct cancer (cholangiocarcinoma) that is locally advanced (when cancer has grown outside the organ it started in, but has not yet spread to distant parts of the body) or metastatic (when cancer cells spread to other parts of the body) and who have tumors that have a fusion or other rearrangement of a gene called fibroblast growth factor receptor 2 (FGFR2).[3] It should be used in patients who have been previously treated with chemotherapy and whose cancer has a certain type of abnormality in the FGFR2 gene.[6]

History

Pemigatinib was approved for use in the United States in April 2020 along with the FoundationOne CDX (Foundation Medicine, Inc.) as a companion diagnostic for patient selection.[3][4][7]

The approval of pemigatinib in the United States was based on the results the FIGHT-202 (NCT02924376) multicenter open-label single-arm trial that enrolled 107 participants with locally advanced or metastatic cholangiocarcinoma with an FGFR2 fusion or rearrangement who had received prior treatment.[3][4][6] The trial was conducted at 67 sites in the United States, Europe, and Asia.[6] During the clinical trial, participants received pemigatinib once a day for 14 consecutive days, followed by 7 days off, in 21-day cycles until the disease progressed or the patient experienced an unreasonable level of side effects.[3][4][6] To assess how well pemigatinib was working during the trial, participants were scanned every eight weeks.[3] The trial used established criteria to measure how many participants experienced a complete or partial shrinkage of their tumors during treatment (overall response rate).[3] The overall response rate was 36% (95% CI: 27%, 45%), with 2.8% of participants having a complete response and 33% having a partial response.[3] Among the 38 participants who had a response, 24 participants (63%) had a response lasting six months or longer and seven participants (18%) had a response lasting 12 months or longer.[3][4]

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) granted the application for pemigatinib priority reviewbreakthrough therapy and orphan drug designations.[3][4][8][9] The FDA granted approval of Pemazyre to Incyte Corporation.[3]

On 24 August 2018, orphan designation (EU/3/18/2066) was granted by the European Commission to Incyte Biosciences Distribution B.V., the Netherlands, for pemigatinib for the treatment of biliary tract cancer.[5] On 17 October 2019, orphan designation EU/3/19/2216 was granted by the European Commission to Incyte Biosciences Distribution B.V., the Netherlands, for pemigatinib for the treatment of myeloid/lymphoid neoplasms with eosinophilia and rearrangement of PDGFRA, PDGFRB, or FGFR1, or with PCM1-JAK2.[10]

PATENT

US 20200281907

The present disclosure is directed to, inter alia, methods of treating cancer in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering pemigatinib, which is 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-8-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′: 5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one, having the structure shown below:

 Pemigatinib is described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,611,267, the entirety of which is incorporated herein by reference. Pemigatinib is further described in US Publication Nos.: 2019/0337948 and 2020/0002338, the entireties of which are incorporated herein by reference.

      Provided herein is a method of treating cancer comprising administering a therapy to a patient in need thereof, wherein the therapy comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of pemigatinib to the patient while avoiding the concomitant administration of a CYP3A4 perpetrator.

Example 1. Synthesis of Pemigatinib

Step 1: 4-(ethylamino)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbaldehyde


 
      A mixture of 4-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbaldehyde (CAS #958230-19-8, Lakestar Tech, Lot: 124-132-29: 3.0 g, 17 mmol) and ethylamine (10M in water, 8.3 mL, 83 mmol) in 2-methoxyethanol (20 mL, 200 mmol) was heated to 130° C. and stirred overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with 1N HCl (30 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h then neutralized with saturated NaHCO aqueous solution. The precipitate was collected via filtration then washed with water and dried to provide the desired product (2.9 g, 92%). LC-MS calculated for C 10123O [M+H] + m/z: 190.1; found: 190.1.

Step 2: 5-{[(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)amino]methyl}-N-ethyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-amine


 
      A mixture of 4-(ethylamino)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbaldehyde (7.0 g, 37 mmol), 2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyaniline (9.1 g, 48 mmol) and [(1S)-7,7-dimethyl-2-oxobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-1-yl]methanesulfonic acid (Aldrich, cat #21360: 2 g, 7 mmol) in xylenes (250 mL) was heated to reflux with azeotropic removal of water using Dean-Stark for 2 days at which time LC-MS showed the reaction was complete. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (500 mL) and then 2.0 M lithium tetrahydroaluminate in THF (37 mL, 74 mmol) was added slowly and the resulting mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 3 h then cooled to room temperature. The reaction was quenched by addition of water, 15% aqueous NaOH and water. The mixture was filtered and washed with THF. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was washed with CH 2Cl and then filtered to get the pure product (11 g, 82%). LC-MS calculated for C 1821242[M+H] + m/z: 363.2; found: 363.1.

Step 3: 3-(2,6-Difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one


 
      A solution of triphosgene (5.5 g, 18 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) was added slowly to a mixture of 5-{[(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)amino]methyl}-N-ethyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-amine (5.6 g, 15 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) at 0° C. and then the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 h. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and then 1.0 M sodium hydroxide in water (100 mL, 100 mmol) was added slowly. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and the formed precipitate was collected via filtration, washed with water, and then dried to provide the first batch of the purified desired product. The organic layer in the filtrate was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with methylene chloride. The combined organic layer was concentrated and the residue was triturated with methylene chloride then filtered and dried to provide another batch of the product (total 5.5 g, 92%). LC-MS calculated for C 1919243[M+H] + m/z: 389.1; found: 389.1.

Step 4: 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-7-(phenylsulfonyl)-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one


 
      To a solution of 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one (900 mg, 2.32 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL) cooled to 0° C. was added sodium hydride (185 mg, 4.63 mmol, 60 wt % in mineral oil). The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min then benzenesulfonyl chloride (0.444 mL, 3.48 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 h at which time LC-MS showed the reaction completed to the desired product. The reaction was quenched with saturated NH 4Cl solution and diluted with water. The white precipitate was collected via filtration then washed with water and hexanes, dried to afford the desired product (1.2 g, 98%) as a white solid which was used in the next step without further purification. LC-MS calculated for C 2523245S [M+H] + m/z: 529.1; found: 529.1.

Step 5: 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-2-oxo-7-(phenylsulfonyl)-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-1H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidine-8-carbaldehyde


 
      To a solution of 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-7-(phenylsulfonyl)-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′: 5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one (1.75 g, 3.31 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (80 mL) at −78° C. was added freshly prepared lithium diisopropylamide (1M in tetrahydrofuran (THF), 3.48 mL, 3.48 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 30 min then N,N-dimethylformamide (1.4 mL, 18 mmol) was added slowly. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 30 min then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were combined then washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na 2SO and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluted with 0 to 20% EtOAc in DCM to give the desired product as a white solid (1.68 g, 91%). LC-MS calculated for C 2623246S (M+H) + m/z: 557.1; found: 556.9.

Step 6: 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-8-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-7-(phenylsulfonyl)-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one


 
      To a solution 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-2-oxo-7-(phenylsulfonyl)-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-1H-pyrrolo[3′,2′: 5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidine-8-carbaldehyde (1.73 g, 3.11 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added morpholine (0.95 mL, 11 mmol), followed by acetic acid (2 mL, 30 mmol). The resulting yellow solution was stirred at room temperature overnight then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (2.3 g, 11 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h at which time LC-MS showed the reaction went to completion to the desired product. The reaction was quenched with saturated NaHCO then extracted with ethyl acetate (EtOAc). The organic extracts were combined then washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na 2SO and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluted with 0 to 40% EtOAc in DCM to give the desired product as a yellow solid (1.85 g, 95%). LC-MS calculated for C 3032256S (M+H) + m/z: 628.2; found: 628.0.

Step 7: 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-8-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′: 5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one (pemigatinib)

      To a solution of 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-8-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-7-(phenylsulfonyl)-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′: 5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one (1.5 g, 2.4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) was added tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride (1M in THF, 7.2 mL, 7.2 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at 50° C. for 1.5 h then cooled to room temperature and quenched with water. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (DCM) and the organic extracts were combined then washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na 2SO and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluted with 0 to 10% MeOH in DCM to give the desired product as a white solid, which was further purified by prep HPLC (pH=2, acetonitrile/H 2O). LC-MS calculated for C 242825(M+H) + m/z: 488.2; found: 488.0. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) δ 12.09 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.05 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 4.78 (s, 2H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 4.17 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.97 (br, 2H), 3.89 (s, 6H), 3.65 (br, 2H), 3.37 (br, 2H), 3.15 (br, 2H), 1.37 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).

PATENT

WO 2019213506

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2019213506

PATENT

WO 2019213544

The present disclosure is directed to, inter alia, solid forms, including crystalline forms and amorphous forms, of 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-l-ethyl-8-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)- 1 ,3,4,7 -tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo [3 ‘,2’ : 5 ,6]pyrido [4,3 -d]pyrimidin-2-one

(Compound 1), and processes and intermediates for preparing the compound. The structure of Compound 1 is shown below.

Compound 1

Compound 1 is described in US Patent No. 9,611,267, the entirety of which is incorporated herein by reference.

Example 1

Synthesis of 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-l-ethyl-8-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-l^, 4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3f,2f:5,6]pyrido[4r3-d]pyrimidin-2-one (Compound 1) Scheme 1.

Step 1: Synthesis of 4-((4-chloro-5-(l, 3-dioxolan-2-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2, 3-b ] pyridin-2-yl) methyl) morpholine

To a l-L flask was added 4-chloro-5-(l,3-dioxolan-2-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-pyrrolo [2,3-b] pyridine (50.0 g, 137 mmol) (see, e.g., Example 2) and tetrahydrofuran (THF, 266 g, 300 mL) under N2. To this mixture at -70 °C was added 2.0 M lithium

diisopropylamide in THF/heptane/ethyl benzene (77.4 g, 95 mL, 190 mmol, 1.4 eq.). The mixture was stirred at -70 °C for 1 h. To the mixture was added /V- formyl morpholine (29.7 g, 258 mmol, 1.9 eq.) in THF (22. 2 g, 25 mL) dropwise. The reaction was done in 30 min after addition. LC/MS showed that the desired product, 4-chloro-5-(l, 3-dioxolan-2-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)- 1 //-pyrrolo [2, 3-61 pyridine-2-carbaldehyde, was formed cleanly. The reaction was quenched with acetic acid (16.4 g, 15.6 mL, 274 mmol, 2.0 eq.) and the dry ice cooling was removed. To the mixture was added morpholine (33.7 g, 33.5 mL, 387 mmol, 2.83 eq.) followed by acetic acid (74.0 g, 70 mL, 1231 mmol, and 9.0 eq.) at 0 °C (internal temperature rose from 0 °C to 18 °C) and stirred overnight. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (52.50 g, 247.7 mmol, 1.8 eq.) was added and the reaction mixture temperature rose from 20 °C to 32 °C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. HPLC & LC/MS indicated the reaction was complete. Water (100 g, 100 mL) was added followed by 2.0 M sodium carbonate (Na2C03) in water (236 g, 200 mL, 400 mmol, 2.9 eq.) slowly (off gas!). The mixture was stirred for about 30 min. The organic layer was separated and water (250 g, 250 mL) and heptane (308 g, 450 mL) were added. The resulting slurry was stirred for 1 h and the solid was collected by filtration. The wet cake was washed with heptane twice (75.00 mL x 2, 51.3 g x 2) before being dried in oven at 50 °C overnight to give the desired product, 4-((4-chloro-5-( 1 3-dioxolan-2-yl)- 1 -(phenylsulfonyl)- 1 //-pyrrolo|2.3-6 |pyridin-2-yl)methyl)morpholine as a light brown solid (52.00 g, 81.8 % yield): LCMS calculated for C21H23CIN2O5S [M+H]+: 464.00; Found: 464.0; ftf NMR ^OO MHz, DMSO-de) d 8.48 (s, 1 H), 8.38 (m, 2H), 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.64 (m, 2H), 6.83 (s, 1H), 6.13 (s, 1H), 4.12 (m, 2H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 3.55 (m, 4H), 2.47 (m, 4H).

Step 2: Synthesis of 4-chloro-2-(morpholinomethyl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2, 3-b] pyridine-5 -carbaldehyde

To a 2 L reactor with a thermocouple, an addition funnel, and a mechanical stirrer was charged 4-((4-chloro-5 -(1 ,3 -dioxolan-2-yl)- 1 -(phenylsulfonyl)- 1 //-pyrrolo [2,3 -6]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)morpholine (20.00 g, 43.1 mmol) and dichloromethane (265 g, 200 mL) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature (internal temperature

was 19.5 °C) to achieve a solution. To the resulting solution was added an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (0.5 M, 240 g, 200.0 ml, 100 mmol, 2.32 eq.) at room temperature in 7 min. After over 23 h agitations at room temperature, the bilayer reaction mixture turned into a thick colorless suspension. When HPLC showed the reaction was complete, the slurry was cooled to 0-5 °C and aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1 N, 104 g, 100 mL, 100 mmol, and 2.32 eq.) was added in about 10 min to adjust the pH of the reaction mixture to 10-11. «-Heptane (164 g, 240 mL) was added and the reaction mixture and the mixture were stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The solid was collected by filtration and the wet cake was washed with water (2 x 40 mL), heptane (2 x 40 ml) before being dried in oven at 50 °C under vacuum to afford the desired product, 4-chloro-2-(morpholinomethyl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)- 1 //-pyrrolo|2.3-/i |pyridine-5-carbaldehyde as a light brown solid (16.9 g, 93% yield): LCMS calculated for C19H19CIN3O4S [M+H]+: 420.00; Found: 420.0; ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) d 10.33 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1 H), 8.42 (m, 2H), 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.65 (m, 2H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.564 (m, 4H), 2.51 (m, 4H).

Step 3: Synthesis ofN-((4-chloro-2-(morpholinomethyl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-pyrrolo [2, 3-h] pyridin-5-yl) methyl) -2, 6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyaniline

To a 2-L reactor equipped with a thermocouple, a nitrogen inlet and mechanical stirrer were charged AOV-dimethyl formamide (450 mL, 425 g), 4-chloro-2-(morpholinomethyl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)- 1 //-pyrrolo|2.3-6 |pyridine-5-carbaldehyde (30.0 g, 71.45 mmol) and 2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyanihne (14.2 g, 75.0 mmol). To this suspension (internal temperature 20 °C) was added chlorotrimethylsilane (19.4 g, 22. 7 mL, 179 mmol) dropwise in 10 min at room temperature (internal temperature 20-23 °C). The suspension changed into a solution in 5 min after the chlorotrimethylsilane addition. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h before cooled to 0-5 °C with ice-bath. Borane-THF complex in THF (1.0 M, 71.4 mL, 71.4 mmol, 64.2 g, 1.0 eq.) was added dropwise via additional funnel over 30 min while maintaining temperature at 0-5 °C. After addition, the mixture was stirred for 4 h. Water (150 g, 150 mL) was added under ice-bath cooling in 20 min, followed by slow addition of ammonium hydroxide solution (28% N¾, 15.3 g, 17 ml, 252 mmol, 3.53 eq.) to pH 9-10 while maintaining the temperature below 10 °C. More water (250 mL, 250 g) was added through the additional funnel. The slurry was stirred for 30 min and the solids were collected by filtration. The wet cake was washed with water (90 g x 2, 90 ml x 2) and heptane (61.6 g x2, 90 ml x 2). The product w as suction dried overnight to give the desired product LG-((4-chloro-2-(morphohnomethyl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-li/-pyrrolo[2,3-Z>]pyridin-5-yl)methyl)-2,6- difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyaniline (41.6 g, 96% yield): LCMS calculated for C27H28ClF2N405S[M+H]+: 593.10; Found: 593.1 ; ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 8.36 (m, 2H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.63 (m, 2H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 6.29 (m, 1H), 5.82 (m, 1H), 4.58 (m, 2H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 6H), 3.56 (m, 4H), 2.47 (m, 4H).

Step 4: Synthesis of l-((4-chloro-2-(morpholinomethyl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-pyrrolo [2, 3-b ] pyridin-5-yl) methyl)-! -(2, 6-difluoro-3, 5-dimethoxyphenyl)-3-ethylurea

To a 2-L, 3-neck round bottom flask fitted with a thermocouple, a nitrogen bubbler inlet, and a magnetic stir were charged /V-((4-chloro-2-(morpholinomethyl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-li/-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)methyl)-2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyaniline (67.0 g, 113 mmol) and acetonitrile (670 ml, 527 g). The suspension was cooled to 0-5 °C.

To the mixture was charged ethyl isocyanate (17.7 mL, 15.9 g, 224 mmol, 1.98 eq.) over 30 sec. The temperature stayed unchanged at 0.7 °C after the charge. Methanesulfonic acid (16.1 mL, 23.9 g, 248 mmol, 2.2 eq.) was charged dropwise over 35 min while maintaining the temperature below 2 °C. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. At 24 h after addition showed that the product was 93.7%, unreacted SM was 0.73% and the major impurity (bis-isocyanate adduct) was 1.3%. The mixture was cooled with an ice-bath and quenched with sodium hydroxide (NaOH) solution (1.0M, 235 mL, 244 g, 235 mmol, 2.08 eq.) over 20 min and then saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate

(NaHCCh) solution (1.07 M, 85 mL, 91 g, 0.091 mol, 0.80 eq.) over 10 min. Water (550 mL, 550 g) was added and the liquid became one phase. The mixture was stirred for 2 h and the solids were collected by filtration, washed with water (165 mL, 165 g) to give l-((4-chloro-2-(morpholinomethyl)- 1 -(phenylsulfonyl)- 1 //-pyrrolo| 2.3-6 |p\ ri din-5 -y l (methy l )- 1 -(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-3-ethylurea ( 70.3 g, 93.7% yield).

The crude l-((4-chloro-2-(morpholinomethyl)-l -(phenylsulfonyl)- li/-pyrrolo [2, 3-61 pyridin-5-yl) methyl)- 1 -(2, 6-difluoro-3, 5-dimethoxyphenyl)-3-ethylurea (68.5 g, 103 mmol) was added in to acetonitrile (616 mL, 485 g). The mixture was heated 60-65 °C and an amber colored thin suspension was obtained. The solid was filtered off with celite and the celite was washed with acetonitrile (68.5 mL, 53.8 g). To the pale yellow filtrate was added water (685 g, 685 ml) to form a slurry. The slurry was stirred overnight at room temperature and filtered. The solid was added to water (685 mL, 685 g) and stirred at 60 °C for 2 h. The solid was filtered and re-slurred in heptane (685 mL, 469 g) overnight. The product was dried in an oven at 50 °C under vacuum for 48 h to afford l-((4-chloro-2-(morpholinomethyl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)- 1 //-pyrrolo|2.3-6 |pyridin-5-yl)methyl)- 1 -(2.6-difluoro-3.5-

dimethoxyphenyl)-3-ethylurea as a colorless solid (62.2 g, 90.8% yield, 99.9% purity by HPLC area%). KF was 0.028%. Acetonitrile (by ‘H NMR) was about 1.56%, DCM (by ‘H NMR) 2.0%: LCMS calculated for C30H33CIF2N5O6S [M+H]+: EM: 664.17; Found: 664.2; ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) d 8.33 (m, 2H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 6.96 (m, 2H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 6.43 (m, 1H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 6H), 3.54 (m, 4H),

3.03 (m, 2H), 2.46 (m, 4H), 0.95 (m, 3H).

Step 5: Synthesis of 3-(2, 6-difluoro-3, 5-dimethoxyphenyl)-l-ethyl-8-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-7-(phenylsulfonyl)-l, 3, 4, 7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[ 3 2’:5, 6 ]pyrido[ 4, 3-d]pyrimidin-2-one

To a 2000 mL flask equipped with a thermal couple, a nitrogen inlet, and a mechanical stirrer were charged dry l-((4-chloro-2-(morpholinomethyl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 //-pyrrolo| 2.3-6 |pyridin-5-yl)methyl)- 1 -(2.6-dinuoro-3.5-dimetho\yphenyl)-3-ethylurea (30.0 g, 45.2 mmol, KF=0. l l%) and tetrahydrofuran (1200 mL, 1063 g). To this suspension at room temperature was charged 1.0 M lithium hexamethyldisilazide in THF (62.3 mL, 55.5 g, 62.3 mmol, 1.38 eq). The mixture turned into a solution after the base addition. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h and HPLC shows the starting material was not detectable. To this mixture was added 1.0 M hydrochloric acid (18.1 mL, -18.1 g. 18.1 mmol, 0.4 eq.). The solution was concentrated to 600 mL and water (1200 mL, 1200 g) was added. Slurry was formed after water addition. The slurry was stirred for 30 min at room temperature and the solid was collected by filtration. The wet cake was washed with water twice (60 mLx2,

60 gx2) and dried at 50 °C overnight to give 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-l-ethyl-8-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-7-(phenylsulfonyl)-l,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4, 3-d]pyrimidin-2-one as a light brown solid (26.58 g, as-is yield 93.7%): THF by ‘H NMR 0.32%, KF 5.26%, adjusted yield was 88.5%: LCMS calculated for C30H32F2N5O6S [M+H]+: EM: 628.20; Found: 628.2; ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) d 8.41 (m, 2H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.05 (m, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 4.09 (m, 2H), 3.93 (s, 2H), 3.89 (s, 6H), 3.60 (m, 4H), 2.50 (m, 4H), 1.28 (m, 3H).

Step 6: Synthesis of 3-( 2, 6-difluoro-3, 5-dimethoxyphenyl)-l-ethyl-8-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-1,3, 4, 7 -tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo [ 3 ‘, 2 5, 6 ]pyrido[ 4, 3-dJpyrimidin-2-one

To a stirring suspension of 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-l-ethyl-8-(morpholinomethyl)-7-(phenylsulfonyl)-l,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2i/-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one (10.0 g, 15.93 mmol) in l,4-dioxane (100 ml, 103 g) in a 500 mL flask equipped with a nitrogen inlet, a condenser, a thermocouple and a heating mantle was added 1 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (63.7 ml, 66.3 g, 63.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 75 °C for 18 h. LCMS showed the reaction was complete. Water (100 mL, 100 g) was added to give a thick suspension. This slurry was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and filtered. The cake was washed with water (3 x 10 mL, 3 x 10 g) and heptane (2 x 10 mL, 2 x 6.84 g). The cake was dried overnight by pulling a vacuum through the filter cake and then dried in an oven at 50 °C under vacuum overnight to give 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-l-ethyl-8-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-l,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5, 6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one (6.8 g, 87.6% yield): LCMS calculated for C24H28F2N5O4 [M+H]+: 488.20; Found: 488.2.

PATENT

US 20130338134

https://patents.google.com/patent/US20130338134A1/en

  • [0831]

Step 1: 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-7-(phenylsulfonyl)-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one

  • [0832]
  • [0833]
    To a solution of 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one (Example 49, Step 3: 900 mg, 2.32 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL) cooled to 0° C. was added sodium hydride (185 mg, 4.63 mmol, 60 wt % in mineral oil). The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min then benzenesulfonyl chloride (0.444 mL, 3.48 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 h at which time LC-MS showed the reaction completed to the desired product. The reaction was quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution and diluted with water. The white precipitate was collected via filtration then washed with water and hexanes, dried to afford the desired product (1.2 g, 98%) as a white solid which was used in the next step without further purification. LC-MS calculated for C25H23F2N4O5S [M+H]+ m/z: 529.1; found: 529.1.

Step 2: 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-2-oxo-7-(phenylsulfonyl)-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-1H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidine-8-carbaldehyde

  • [0834]
  • [0835]
    To a solution of 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-7-(phenylsulfonyl)-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one (1.75 g, 3.31 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (80 mL) at −78° C. was added freshly prepared lithium diisopropylamide (1M in tetrahydrofuran (THF), 3.48 mL, 3.48 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 30 min then N,N-dimethylformamide (1.4 mL, 18 mmol) was added slowly. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 30 min then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were combined then washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SOand concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluted with 0 to 20% EtOAc in DCM to give the desired product as a white solid (1.68 g, 91%). LC-MS calculated for C26H23F2N4O6S (M+H)+ m/z: 557.1; found: 556.9.

Step 3: 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-8-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-7-(phenylsulfonyl)-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one

  • [0836]
  • [0837]
    To a solution 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-2-oxo-7-(phenylsulfonyl)-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-1H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidine-8-carbaldehyde (1.73 g, 3.11 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added morpholine (0.95 mL, 11 mmol), followed by acetic acid (2 mL, 30 mmol). The resulting yellow solution was stirred at room temperature overnight then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (2.3 g, 11 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h at which time LC-MS showed the reaction went to completion to the desired product. The reaction was quenched with saturated NaHCOthen extracted with ethyl acetate (EtOAc). The organic extracts were combined then washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SOand concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluted with 0 to 40% EtOAc in DCM to give the desired product as a yellow solid (1.85 g, 95%). LC-MS calculated for C30H32F2N5O6S (M+H)+ m/z: 628.2; found: 628.0.

Step 4: 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-8-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one

  • [0838]
    To a solution of 3-(2,6-difluoro-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-8-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-7-(phenylsulfonyl)-1,3,4,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3′,2′:5,6]pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one (1.5 g, 2.4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) was added tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride (1M in THF, 7.2 mL, 7.2 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at 50° C. for 1.5 h then cooled to room temperature and quenched with water. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (DCM) and the organic extracts were combined then washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SOand concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluted with 0 to 10% MeOH in DCM to give the desired product as a white solid, which was further purified by prep HPLC (pH=2, acetonitrile/H2O). LC-MS calculated for C24H28F2N5O(M+H)+ m/z: 488.2; found: 488.0. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) δ 12.09 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.05 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 4.78 (s, 2H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 4.17 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.97 (br, 2H), 3.89 (s, 6H), 3.65 (br, 2H), 3.37 (br, 2H), 3.15 (br, 2H), 1.37 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).

PATENTS

Publication Number TitlePriority Date Grant Date
US-2013338134-A1Substituted tricyclic compounds as fgfr inhibitors2012-06-13 
US-2017137424-A1Substituted tricyclic compounds as fgfr inhibitors2012-06-13 
US-2019127376-A1Substituted tricyclic compounds as fgfr inhibitors2012-06-13 
US-9611267-B2Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors2012-06-132017-04-04
WO-2014007951-A2Substituted tricyclic compounds as fgfr inhibitors2012-06-13
Publication Number TitlePriority Date Grant Date
JP-6336665-B2Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors2012-06-132018-06-06
JP-6545863-B2Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors2012-06-132019-07-17
JP-6711946-B2Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors2012-06-132020-06-17
TW-201402574-ASubstituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors2012-06-13 
US-10131667-B2Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors2012-06-132018-11-20
Publication Number TitlePriority Date Grant Date
JP-2015521600-ASubstituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors2012-06-13 
JP-2017222709-ASubstituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors2012-06-13 
JP-2018135377-ASubstituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors2012-06-13 
JP-2019178156-ASubstituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors2012-06-13 
JP-6301321-B2Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors2012-06-132018-03-28
Publication Number TitlePriority Date Grant Date
EP-3176170-A1Substituted tricyclic compounds as fgfr inhibitors2012-06-13 
EP-3176170-B1Substituted tricyclic compounds as fgfr inhibitors2012-06-132018-11-14
EP-3495367-A1Substituted tricyclic compounds as fgfr inhibitors2012-06-13 
ES-2704744-T3Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors2012-06-132019-03-19
HU-E031916-T2Substituted tricyclic compounds as fgfr inhibitors2012-06-13
Publication Number TitlePriority Date Grant Date
DK-2861595-T5Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors2012-06-132018-01-15
DK-3176170-T3Substituted tricyclic relations as fgfr inhibitors2012-06-132019-01-28
EP-2861595-A2Substituted tricyclic compounds as fgfr inhibitors2012-06-13 
EP-2861595-B1Substituted tricyclic compounds as fgfr inhibitors2012-06-132016-12-21
EP-2861595-B9Substituted tricyclic compounds as fgfr inhibitors2012-06-132017-06-21
Publication Number TitlePriority Date Grant Date
WO-2019191707-A1Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators2018-03-30 
AU-2013287176-A1Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors2012-06-13 
CA-2876689-A1Substituted tricyclic compounds as fgfr inhibitors2012-06-13 
CN-107383009-BSubstituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors2012-06-132020-06-09
DK-2861595-T3Substituted tricyclic compounds as fgfr inhibitors2012-06-132017-02-13
Publication Number TitlePriority Date Grant Date
WO-2019213544-A2Solid forms of an fgfr inhibitor and processes for preparing the same2018-05-04 
WO-2019213544-A3Solid forms of an fgfr inhibitor and processes for preparing the same2018-05-04 
TW-202003511-AHeterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators2018-03-30 
US-10669271-B2Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators2018-03-302020-06-02
US-2019300524-A1Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators2018-03-30
Publication Number TitlePriority Date Grant Date
TW-201946630-ASalts of an FGFR inhibitor2018-05-04 
TW-202003516-ASolid forms of an FGFR inhibitor and processes for preparing the same2018-05-04 
US-2019337948-A1Solid forms of an fgfr inhibitor and processes for preparing the same2018-05-04 
US-2020002338-A1Salts of an fgfr inhibitor2018-05-04 
WO-2019213506-A1Salts of an fgfr inhibitor2018-05-04
Publication Number TitlePriority Date Grant Date
WO-2019227007-A1Tricyclic heterocyclic compounds as sting activators2018-05-25 
TW-201946626-AHeterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators2018-05-11 
US-10618916-B2Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators2018-05-112020-04-14
US-2019345170-A1Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators2018-05-11 
WO-2019217821-A1Tetrahydro-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine derivatives as pd-l1 immunomodulators2018-05-11
Publication Number TitlePriority Date Grant Date
US-2020040009-A1Tricyclic heteraryl compounds as sting activators2018-07-31 
WO-2020028565-A1Tricyclic heteraryl compounds as sting activators2018-07-31 
WO-2020028566-A1Heteroaryl amide compounds as sting activators2018-07-31 
WO-2019238873-A1A method of precision cancer therapy2018-06-13 
US-2019359608-A1Tricyclic heterocyclic compounds as sting activators2018-05-25
TitlePriority Date Grant Date
WO-2020131627-A1Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as inhibitors of fgfr tyrosine kinases2018-12-19 
WO-2020131674-A17-((3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)amino)quinoxaline derivatives as fgfr inhibitors for treating cancer2018-12-19 
WO-2020081898-A1Non-invasive urinary biomarkers for the detection of urothelial carcinoma of the bladder2018-10-20 
US-2020115378-A1Dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinone compounds as cdk2 inhibitors2018-10-11 
US-2020039994-A1Heteroaryl amide compounds as sting activators2018-07-31

References

  1. ^ “Pemigatinib (Pemazyre) Use During Pregnancy”Drugs.com. 11 August 2020. Retrieved 24 September 2020.
  2. ^ World Health Organization (2018). “International nonproprietary names for pharmaceutical substances (INN): recommended INN: list 80”. WHO Drug Information32 (3): 479. hdl:10665/330907.
  3. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o “FDA Approves First Targeted Treatment for Patients with Cholangiocarcinoma, a Cancer of Bile Ducts”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) (Press release). 17 April 2020. Retrieved 17 April 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  4. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h “FDA grants accelerated approval to pemigatinib for cholangiocarcinoma”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 17 April 2020. Retrieved 20 April 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  5. Jump up to:a b c d e “EU/3/18/2066”European Medicines Agency (EMA). 19 December 2018. Retrieved 20 April 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  6. Jump up to:a b c d “Drug Trials Snapshot: Pemazyre”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 17 April 2020. Retrieved 5 May 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  7. ^ “Pemazyre: FDA-Approved Drugs”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Retrieved 21 April 2020.
  8. ^ “Pemigatinib Orphan Drug Designation and Approval”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Retrieved 19 April 2020.
  9. ^ “Pemigatinib Orphan Drug Designation and Approval”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Retrieved 19 April 2020.
  10. ^ “EU/3/19/2216”European Medicines Agency (EMA). 23 January 2020. Retrieved 19 April 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.

Further reading

External links

  • “Pemigatinib”Drug Information Portal. U.S. National Library of Medicine.
  • “Pemigatinib”National Cancer Institute.
  • Clinical trial number NCT02924376 for “Efficacy and Safety of Pemigatinib in Subjects With Advanced/Metastatic or Surgically Unresectable Cholangiocarcinoma Who Failed Previous Therapy – (FIGHT-202)” at ClinicalTrials.gov
Clinical data
Trade namesPemazyre
Other namesINCB054828
AHFS/Drugs.comMonograph
MedlinePlusa620028
License dataUS DailyMedPemigatinib
Pregnancy
category
US: N (Not classified yet)[1]
Routes of
administration
By mouth
ATC codeNone
Legal status
Legal statusUS: ℞-only
Identifiers
IUPAC name[show]
CAS Number1513857-77-6
PubChem CID86705695
DrugBankDB15102
ChemSpider68007304
UNIIY6BX7BL23K
KEGGD11417
ChEMBLChEMBL4297522
Chemical and physical data
FormulaC24H27F2N5O4
Molar mass487.508 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)Interactive image
SMILES[hide]CCN1C2=C3C=C(NC3=NC=C2CN(C1=O)C4=C(C(=CC(=C4F)OC)OC)F)CN5CCOCC5
InChI[hide]InChI=1S/C24H27F2N5O4/c1-4-30-21-14(11-27-23-16(21)9-15(28-23)13-29-5-7-35-8-6-29)12-31(24(30)32)22-19(25)17(33-2)10-18(34-3)20(22)26/h9-11H,4-8,12-13H2,1-3H3,(H,27,28)Key:HCDMJFOHIXMBOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N

/////////Pemigatinib, 佩米替尼 , PEMAZYRE, FDA 2020, 2020 APPROVALS, INCB054828, INCB 054828, Orphan Drug Status, Myeloproliferative disorders, Lymphoma,  Cholangiocarcinoma, INCYTE

O=C1N(CC)C2=C3C(NC(CN4CCOCC4)=C3)=NC=C2CN1C5=C(F)C(OC)=CC(OC)=C5F.[H]Cl

Viltolarsen

$
0
0
Viltolarsen: First Approval | SpringerLink

Viltolarsen

维托拉生 

ビルトラルセン

FormulaC244H381N113O88P20
CAS 2055732-84-6
Mol weight6924.8155

APPROVED FDA 2020/8/12, Viltepso

APPROVED JAPAN PMDA 2020/3/25, VILTEPSO

  • NCNP-01
  • NS-065
  • NS-065/NCNP-01
  • WHO 10771
  • WHO-10771
NAMEDOSAGESTRENGTHROUTELABELLERMARKETING STARTMARKETING END  
ViltepsoInjection, solution250 mg/1IntravenousNs Pharma, Inc.2020-08-13Not applicableUS flag 

SYNWatanabe N, Nagata T, Satou Y, Masuda S, Saito T, Kitagawa H, Komaki H, Takagaki K, Takeda S: NS-065/NCNP-01: An Antisense Oligonucleotide for Potential Treatment of Exon 53 Skipping in Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy. Mol Ther Nucleic Acids. 2018 Dec 7;13:442-449. doi: 10.1016/j.omtn.2018.09.017.

PATENT NUMBERPEDIATRIC EXTENSIONAPPROVEDEXPIRES (ESTIMATED) 
US9079934No2011-08-312031-08-31US flag

Viltolarsen

all-P-ambo-[2′,3′-Azanediyl-P,2′,3′-trideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)-2′,3′-seco](2′-N→5′)(CCTCCGGTTC TGAAGGTGTT C)

C244H381N113O88P20 : 6924.82
[2055732-84-6]

Viltolarsen, sold under the brand name Viltepso, is a medication used for the treatment of Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD).[3][4][2] Viltolarsen is an antisense oligonucleotide.[3][2]

The most common side effects include upper respiratory tract infectioninjection site reactioncough, and pyrexia (fever).[3][4][2]

Viltolarsen was approved for medical use in the United States in August 2020.[3][4] After golodirsen was approved in December 2019, viltolarsen is the second approved targeted treatment for people with this type of mutation in the United States.[3][5] Approximately 8% of people with DMD have a mutation that is amenable to exon 53 skipping.[3]

Buy Viltepso (viltolarsen) • Price & Costs | TheSocialMedwork

Medical uses

Viltolarsen is indicated for the treatment of Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD) in people who have a confirmed mutation of the DMD gene that is amenable to exon 53 skipping.[3][2]

DMD is a rare genetic disorder characterized by progressive muscle deterioration and weakness.[3] It is the most common type of muscular dystrophy.[3] DMD is caused by mutations in the DMD gene that results in an absence of dystrophin, a protein that helps keep muscle cells intact.[3] The first symptoms are usually seen between three and five years of age and worsen over time.[3] DMD occurs in approximately one out of every 3,600 male infants worldwide; in rare cases, it can affect females.[3]

Adverse effects

The most common side effects include upper respiratory tract infection, injection site reaction, cough, and pyrexia (fever).[3][4][2]

Although kidney toxicity was not observed in the clinical studies, the clinical experience is limited, and kidney toxicity, including potentially fatal glomerulonephritis, has been observed after administration of some antisense oligonucleotides.[3]

History

Viltolarsen was evaluated in two clinical studies with a total of 32 participants, all of whom were male and had genetically confirmed DMD.[3] The increase in dystrophin production was established in one of those two studies, a study that included sixteen DMD participants, with eight participants receiving viltolarsen at the recommended dose.[3] In the study, dystrophin levels increased, on average, from 0.6% of normal at baseline to 5.9% of normal at week 25.[3] Trial 1 provided data for evaluation of the benefits of viltolarsen.[4] The combined populations from both trials provided data for evaluation of the side effects of viltolarsen.[4] Trial 1 was conducted at six sites in the United States and Canada and Trial 2 was conducted at five sites in Japan.[4] All participants in both trials were on a stable dose of corticosteroids for at least three months before entering the trials.[4]

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) concluded that the applicant’s data demonstrated an increase in dystrophin production that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit in people with DMD who have a confirmed mutation of the dystrophin gene amenable to exon 53 skipping.[3] A clinical benefit of the drug has not been established.[3] In making this decision, the FDA considered the potential risks associated with the drug, the life-threatening and debilitating nature of the disease, and the lack of available therapies.[3]

The application for viltolarsen was granted priority review designation and the FDA granted the approval to NS Pharma, Inc.[3]

References

  1. ^ https://www.drugs.com/pregnancy/viltolarsen.html
  2. Jump up to:a b c d e f “Viltepso- viltolarsen injection, solution”DailyMed. 12 August 2020. Retrieved 18 August 2020.
  3. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u “FDA Approves Targeted Treatment for Rare Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy Mutation”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) (Press release). 12 August 2020. Retrieved 12 August 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  4. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h “Drug Trials Snapshots: Viltepso”U.S. Food and Drug Administration. 12 August 2020. Retrieved 18 August 2020.  This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  5. ^ Anwar S, Yokota T (August 2020). “Golodirsen for Duchenne muscular dystrophy”. Drugs of Today56 (8): 491–504. doi:10.1358/dot.2020.56.8.3159186PMID 33025945.

Further reading

External links

Clinical data
Trade namesViltepso
Other namesNS-065/NCNP-01
AHFS/Drugs.comMonograph
License dataUS DailyMedViltolarsen
Pregnancy
category
US: N (Not classified yet)[1]
Routes of
administration
Intravenous
Drug classAntisense oligonucleotide
ATC codeNone
Legal status
Legal statusUS: ℞-only [2]In general: ℞ (Prescription only)
Identifiers
CAS Number2055732-84-6
DrugBankDB15005
ChemSpider71115970
UNIISXA7YP6EKX
KEGGD11528
ChEMBLChEMBL4298062
Chemical and physical data
FormulaC244H381N113O88P20
Molar mass6924.910 g·mol−1

//////////Viltolarsen, Viltepso, 维托拉生  , FDA 2020, EU 2020, APPROVALS 2020, NCNP-01, NS-065, NS-065/NCNP-01, WHO 10771, WHO-10771, ビルトラルセン

Viewing all 1640 articles
Browse latest View live